WO2018191682A1 - Triazole compounds and methods of making and using the same - Google Patents
Triazole compounds and methods of making and using the same Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2018191682A1 WO2018191682A1 PCT/US2018/027601 US2018027601W WO2018191682A1 WO 2018191682 A1 WO2018191682 A1 WO 2018191682A1 US 2018027601 W US2018027601 W US 2018027601W WO 2018191682 A1 WO2018191682 A1 WO 2018191682A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- alkyl
- unsaturated
- substituted
- group
- saturated
- Prior art date
Links
- -1 Triazole compounds Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 63
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims description 77
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 242
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 claims description 172
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 125
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 119
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 112
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 107
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 104
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 96
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 93
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 91
- 229910052717 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 claims description 77
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 75
- 239000011593 sulfur Chemical group 0.000 claims description 74
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 73
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 69
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 54
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 claims description 51
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 claims description 51
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims description 46
- 125000000882 C2-C6 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 43
- 125000003601 C2-C6 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 43
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 42
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 42
- 150000001204 N-oxides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 40
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 30
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 28
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 claims description 25
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 24
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 23
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 22
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 21
- 125000004191 (C1-C6) alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000004209 (C1-C8) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004648 C2-C8 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004649 C2-C8 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 12
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 12
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 11
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 10
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000004400 (C1-C12) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000006700 (C1-C6) alkylthio group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims description 7
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000017228 Gastrointestinal motility disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000019000 fluorine Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 4
- JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N olefin Natural products CCCCCCCC=C JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000003003 spiro group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010017533 Fungal infection Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000031888 Mycoses Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000030852 Parasitic disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000006273 (C1-C3) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000006528 (C2-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 2
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000002016 disaccharides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000006575 electron-withdrawing group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000002118 epoxides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000002337 glycosamines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000002772 monosaccharides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010062255 Soft tissue infection Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 206010040872 skin infection Diseases 0.000 claims 2
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 abstract description 38
- 230000001028 anti-proliverative effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 11
- 230000002924 anti-infective effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 7
- 239000002260 anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 abstract description 6
- 239000002325 prokinetic agent Substances 0.000 abstract description 5
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 abstract description 5
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 3
- 239000003120 macrolide antibiotic agent Substances 0.000 description 142
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 100
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 79
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 65
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 63
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 60
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 60
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 57
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 32
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 29
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 28
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 27
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 24
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 24
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 24
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 23
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 22
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 22
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 19
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 229940041033 macrolides Drugs 0.000 description 18
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 18
- 235000011114 ammonium hydroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 17
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 17
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 17
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 16
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 15
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 15
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 14
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 14
- 238000006352 cycloaddition reaction Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 13
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 13
- WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic anhydride Chemical compound CC(=O)OC(C)=O WFDIJRYMOXRFFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 12
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 12
- LJVAJPDWBABPEJ-PNUFFHFMSA-N telithromycin Chemical group O([C@@H]1[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@@H](C)C(=O)O[C@@H]([C@]2(OC(=O)N(CCCCN3C=C(N=C3)C=3C=NC=CC=3)[C@@H]2[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](C)C[C@@]1(C)OC)C)CC)[C@@H]1O[C@H](C)C[C@H](N(C)C)[C@H]1O LJVAJPDWBABPEJ-PNUFFHFMSA-N 0.000 description 12
- ULGZDMOVFRHVEP-RWJQBGPGSA-N Erythromycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](C)C(=O)O[C@@H]([C@@]([C@H](O)[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](C)C[C@@](C)(O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](C[C@@H](C)O2)N(C)C)O)[C@H]1C)(C)O)CC)[C@H]1C[C@@](C)(OC)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 ULGZDMOVFRHVEP-RWJQBGPGSA-N 0.000 description 11
- MQTOSJVFKKJCRP-BICOPXKESA-N azithromycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](C)C(=O)O[C@@H]([C@@]([C@H](O)[C@@H](C)N(C)C[C@H](C)C[C@@](C)(O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](C[C@@H](C)O2)N(C)C)O)[C@H]1C)(C)O)CC)[C@H]1C[C@@](C)(OC)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 MQTOSJVFKKJCRP-BICOPXKESA-N 0.000 description 11
- 239000013058 crude material Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000001243 protein synthesis Methods 0.000 description 11
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 11
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229960003250 telithromycin Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 11
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 10
- 229960004099 azithromycin Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 10
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 9
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 9
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 9
- VMQMZMRVKUZKQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cu+ Chemical compound [Cu+] VMQMZMRVKUZKQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 150000001345 alkine derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 229960003276 erythromycin Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 8
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-M toluene-4-sulfonate Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 7
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 7
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 6
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000000908 ammonium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 6
- CBHOOMGKXCMKIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N azane;methanol Chemical compound N.OC CBHOOMGKXCMKIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- AGOYDEPGAOXOCK-KCBOHYOISA-N clarithromycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](C)C(=O)O[C@@H]([C@@]([C@H](O)[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](C)C[C@](C)([C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](C[C@@H](C)O2)N(C)C)O)[C@H]1C)OC)(C)O)CC)[C@H]1C[C@@](C)(OC)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AGOYDEPGAOXOCK-KCBOHYOISA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229940125782 compound 2 Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 6
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 6
- 229910000069 nitrogen hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000004708 ribosome subunit Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 6
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- WADSJYLPJPTMLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(cycloundecen-1-yl)-1,2-diazacycloundec-2-ene Chemical compound C1CCCCCCCCC=C1C1=NNCCCCCCCC1 WADSJYLPJPTMLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylamine Chemical compound NC BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonia Natural products N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 229960002626 clarithromycin Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 5
- TYZROVQLWOKYKF-ZDUSSCGKSA-N linezolid Chemical compound O=C1O[C@@H](CNC(=O)C)CN1C(C=C1F)=CC=C1N1CCOCC1 TYZROVQLWOKYKF-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N Deuterated methanol Chemical compound [2H]OC([2H])([2H])[2H] OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrazine Chemical compound NN OAKJQQAXSVQMHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium on carbon Substances [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 4
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000000843 anti-fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002141 anti-parasite Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003096 antiparasitic agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- OTJZCIYGRUNXTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-3-yn-1-ol Chemical compound OCCC#C OTJZCIYGRUNXTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002875 fluorescence polarization Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229960003907 linezolid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 4
- 125000006501 nitrophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002198 surface plasmon resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 4
- VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrachloromethane Chemical compound ClC(Cl)(Cl)Cl VZGDMQKNWNREIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N trifluoroacetic acid Substances OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FZYUKBLYECHAGN-HOQMJRDDSA-N (2r,3s,4r,5r,8r,10r,11r,12s,13s,14r)-2-ethyl-3,4,10-trihydroxy-13-[(2r,4r,5s,6s)-5-hydroxy-4-methoxy-4,6-dimethyloxan-2-yl]oxy-11-[(2s,3r,4s,6r)-3-hydroxy-6-methyl-4-(methylamino)oxan-2-yl]oxy-3,5,6,8,10,12,14-heptamethyl-1-oxa-6-azacyclopentadecan-15-one Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](C)C(=O)O[C@@H]([C@@]([C@H](O)[C@@H](C)N(C)C[C@H](C)C[C@@](C)(O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](NC)C[C@@H](C)O2)O)[C@H]1C)(C)O)CC)[C@H]1C[C@@](C)(OC)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 FZYUKBLYECHAGN-HOQMJRDDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 0 *C[C@]([C@](*)[C@@]([C@]1O*)N(*)CCC#C)O[C@]1O* Chemical compound *C[C@]([C@](*)[C@@]([C@]1O*)N(*)CCC#C)O[C@]1O* 0.000 description 3
- YHVUVJYEERGYNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4',8-Di-Me ether-5,7,8-Trihydroxy-3-(4-hydroxybenzyl)-4-chromanone Natural products COC1(C)CC(O)OC(C)C1O YHVUVJYEERGYNU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N Cyclosporin A Chemical compound CC[C@@H]1NC(=O)[C@H]([C@H](O)[C@H](C)C\C=C\C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)N(C)C(=O)CN(C)C1=O PMATZTZNYRCHOR-CGLBZJNRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 3
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 3
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 3
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001093 anti-cancer Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940121363 anti-inflammatory agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229960005475 antiinfective agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010936 aqueous wash Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AJSDVNKVGFVAQU-BIIVOSGPSA-N cladinose Chemical compound O=CC[C@@](C)(OC)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O AJSDVNKVGFVAQU-BIIVOSGPSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229940126214 compound 3 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- LSXDOTMGLUJQCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M copper(i) iodide Chemical compound I[Cu] LSXDOTMGLUJQCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 3
- NLUNLVTVUDIHFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclooctylcyclooctane Chemical compound C1CCCCCCC1C1CCCCCCC1 NLUNLVTVUDIHFE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000013537 high throughput screening Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 3
- 230000010287 polarization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000015320 potassium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010626 work up procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- IXXFZUPTQVDPPK-ZAWHAJPISA-N (1r,2r,4r,6r,7r,8r,10s,13r,14s)-17-[4-[4-(3-aminophenyl)triazol-1-yl]butyl]-7-[(2s,3r,4s,6r)-4-(dimethylamino)-3-hydroxy-6-methyloxan-2-yl]oxy-13-ethyl-10-fluoro-6-methoxy-2,4,6,8,10,14-hexamethyl-12,15-dioxa-17-azabicyclo[12.3.0]heptadecane-3,9,11,16-tet Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@](C)(F)C(=O)O[C@@H]([C@]2(OC(=O)N(CCCCN3N=NC(=C3)C=3C=C(N)C=CC=3)[C@@H]2[C@@H](C)C(=O)[C@H](C)C[C@@]1(C)OC)C)CC)[C@@H]1O[C@H](C)C[C@H](N(C)C)[C@H]1O IXXFZUPTQVDPPK-ZAWHAJPISA-N 0.000 description 2
- LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide Substances CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C LMDZBCPBFSXMTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QJGDGUBLGKFNDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-azido-2-nitrobenzene Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C1=CC=CC=C1N=[N+]=[N-] QJGDGUBLGKFNDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical group NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IZXIZTKNFFYFOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Oxazolidone Chemical group O=C1NCCO1 IZXIZTKNFFYFOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000549 4-dimethylaminophenol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910021595 Copper(I) iodide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229930105110 Cyclosporin A Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 108010036949 Cyclosporine Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 201000003883 Cystic fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229930006677 Erythromycin A Natural products 0.000 description 2
- OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethane Chemical compound CC OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010007979 Glycocholic Acid Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WTDHULULXKLSOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.ON WTDHULULXKLSOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 2
- NSGDYZCDUPSTQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[5-bromo-1-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]-4-methyl-2-oxopyridin-3-yl]cycloheptanecarboxamide Chemical compound Cc1c(Br)cn(Cc2ccc(F)cc2)c(=O)c1NC(=O)C1CCCCCC1 NSGDYZCDUPSTQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal Natural products CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000021736 acetylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005905 alkynylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000009635 antibiotic susceptibility testing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000012300 argon atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 2
- IVRMZWNICZWHMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N azide group Chemical group [N-]=[N+]=[N-] IVRMZWNICZWHMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036765 blood level Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001162 cycloheptenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 2
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012039 electrophile Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 239000005038 ethylene vinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000002496 gastric effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- RFDAIACWWDREDC-FRVQLJSFSA-N glycocholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(=O)NCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 RFDAIACWWDREDC-FRVQLJSFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930182470 glycoside Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 150000002338 glycosides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- DKAGJZJALZXOOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrate;hydrochloride Chemical compound O.Cl DKAGJZJALZXOOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003835 ketolide antibiotic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CS(Cl)(=O)=O QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl salicylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 2
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002974 pharmacogenomic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012746 preparative thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003761 preservation solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010926 purge Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000008261 resistance mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium thiosulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=S AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 235000019345 sodium thiosulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229950008588 solithromycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- MHYGQXWCZAYSLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl-chloro-diphenylsilane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1[Si](Cl)(C(C)(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 MHYGQXWCZAYSLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BCNZYOJHNLTNEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride Chemical compound CC(C)(C)[Si](C)(C)Cl BCNZYOJHNLTNEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001712 tetrahydronaphthyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 2
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000006552 (C3-C8) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- OCYJXSUPZMNXEN-RKDXNWHRSA-N (R,R)-2-amino-1-(4-nitrophenyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](N)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 OCYJXSUPZMNXEN-RKDXNWHRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KZPYGQFFRCFCPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene Chemical compound [Fe+2].C1=CC=C[C-]1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=C[C-]1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 KZPYGQFFRCFCPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004502 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004511 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001399 1,2,3-triazolyl group Chemical group N1N=NC(=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004504 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004514 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001376 1,2,4-triazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(N=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004506 1,2,5-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004517 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- CFGDUGSIBUXRMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dihydropyrrol-2-ide Chemical class C=1C=[C-]NC=1 CFGDUGSIBUXRMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001781 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004520 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WZZBNLYBHUDSHF-DHLKQENFSA-N 1-[(3s,4s)-4-[8-(2-chloro-4-pyrimidin-2-yloxyphenyl)-7-fluoro-2-methylimidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-1-yl]-3-fluoropiperidin-1-yl]-2-hydroxyethanone Chemical compound CC1=NC2=CN=C3C=C(F)C(C=4C(=CC(OC=5N=CC=CN=5)=CC=4)Cl)=CC3=C2N1[C@H]1CCN(C(=O)CO)C[C@@H]1F WZZBNLYBHUDSHF-DHLKQENFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005955 1H-indazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005273 2-acetoxybenzoic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- CIHKVMHPDDJIIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylperoxybenzoic acid Chemical compound COOC1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O CIHKVMHPDDJIIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(dimethylamino)propyliminomethylidene-ethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-chloroperbenzoic acid Chemical compound OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 NHQDETIJWKXCTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAMYYCRTACQSBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-azabenzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=N1 GAMYYCRTACQSBR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XLYOGWXIKVUXCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromobut-1-yne Chemical compound BrCCC#C XLYOGWXIKVUXCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCJVBDBJSMFBRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-diphenylphosphanylbutyl(diphenyl)phosphane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)CCCCP(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 BCJVBDBJSMFBRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SGLSTFIXVDSVNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-iodobut-1-yne Chemical compound ICCC#C SGLSTFIXVDSVNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005986 4-piperidonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002471 4H-quinolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CCN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000036365 BRCA1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700040618 BRCA1 Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700010154 BRCA2 Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZAPWFRWQVXMJNZ-ABRJYILCSA-N CC[C@H]([C@](C)([C@@H]([C@@H](C)C([C@H](C)C[C@](C)([C@@H]([C@@H](C)[C@@H]([C@H]1C)OC(C[C@@]2(C)OC)O[C@@H](C)[C@@H]2O)OC[C@@H]([C@@H]([C@H](C2)N(C)CCC#C)O)OC2=C)O)=O)O)O)OC1=O Chemical compound CC[C@H]([C@](C)([C@@H]([C@@H](C)C([C@H](C)C[C@](C)([C@@H]([C@@H](C)[C@@H]([C@H]1C)OC(C[C@@]2(C)OC)O[C@@H](C)[C@@H]2O)OC[C@@H]([C@@H]([C@H](C2)N(C)CCC#C)O)OC2=C)O)=O)O)O)OC1=O ZAPWFRWQVXMJNZ-ABRJYILCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YHQLSXDWKKQANJ-CNTOBIJCSA-N CC[C@H]([C@](C)([C@@H]([C@@H](C)C([C@H](C)C[C@](C)([C@@H]([C@@H](C)[C@@H]([C@H]1C)OC(C[C@@]2(C)OC)O[C@@H](C)[C@@H]2O)O[C@@H]([C@@H]2O)O[C@H](C)C[C@@H]2N(C)CCC#C)O)=N)O)O)OC1=O Chemical compound CC[C@H]([C@](C)([C@@H]([C@@H](C)C([C@H](C)C[C@](C)([C@@H]([C@@H](C)[C@@H]([C@H]1C)OC(C[C@@]2(C)OC)O[C@@H](C)[C@@H]2O)O[C@@H]([C@@H]2O)O[C@H](C)C[C@@H]2N(C)CCC#C)O)=N)O)O)OC1=O YHQLSXDWKKQANJ-CNTOBIJCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150056204 COL7A1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001227713 Chiron Species 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000035473 Communicable disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010010774 Constipation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZOYWWAGVGBSJDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-desosamine Natural products CC1CC(N(C)C)C(O)C(O)O1 ZOYWWAGVGBSJDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100034157 DNA mismatch repair protein Msh2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N Deuterium Chemical compound [2H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZMJOVJSTYLQINE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloroacetylene Chemical compound ClC#CCl ZMJOVJSTYLQINE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010059866 Drug resistance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010013801 Duchenne Muscular Dystrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010069091 Dystrophin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000792859 Enema Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010014989 Epidermolysis bullosa Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010054218 Factor VIII Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000192125 Firmicutes Species 0.000 description 1
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Formate Chemical compound [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 201000011240 Frontotemporal dementia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606768 Haemophilus influenzae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000031220 Hemophilia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000009292 Hemophilia A Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101100496573 Homo sapiens COL7A1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001134036 Homo sapiens DNA mismatch repair protein Msh2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000805941 Homo sapiens Usherin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010021518 Impaired gastric emptying Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026350 Inborn Genetic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930194542 Keto Natural products 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000015439 Lysosomal storage disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910015837 MSH2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000246386 Mentha pulegium Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016257 Mentha pulegium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000004357 Mentha x piperita Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012359 Methanesulfonyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- RJQXTJLFIWVMTO-TYNCELHUSA-N Methicillin Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1C(=O)N[C@@H]1C(=O)N2[C@@H](C(O)=O)C(C)(C)S[C@@H]21 RJQXTJLFIWVMTO-TYNCELHUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000588655 Moraxella catarrhalis Species 0.000 description 1
- LQZMLBORDGWNPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-iodosuccinimide Chemical compound IN1C(=O)CCC1=O LQZMLBORDGWNPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000009905 Neurofibromatoses Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108700026223 Neurofibromatosis 1 Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700026224 Neurofibromatosis 2 Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061535 Ovarian neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000000609 Pick Disease of the Brain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024571 Pick disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001710 Polyorthoester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940123573 Protein synthesis inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108700005075 Regulator Genes Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000007014 Retinitis pigmentosa Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bisulfite Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 108010061312 Sphingomyelin Phosphodiesterase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000295644 Staphylococcaceae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000191967 Staphylococcus aureus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N Tritium Chemical compound [3H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700042768 University of Wisconsin-lactobionate solution Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010059993 Vancomycin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000024248 Vascular System injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000012339 Vascular injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BBAWTPDTGRXPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,3]thiazolo[4,5-b]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=N1 BBAWTPDTGRXPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CKUAXEQHGKSLHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N [C].[N] Chemical group [C].[N] CKUAXEQHGKSLHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003070 absorption delaying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000641 acridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002355 alkine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002168 alkylating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940100198 alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940125687 antiparasitic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011260 aqueous acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004931 azocinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 244000052616 bacterial pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000003385 bacteriostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004604 benzisothiazolyl group Chemical group S1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004603 benzisoxazolyl group Chemical group O1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004935 benzoxazolinyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005512 benztetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002618 bicyclic heterocycle group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003833 bile salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940093761 bile salts Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000227 bioadhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010256 biochemical assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000249 biocompatible polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004621 biodegradable polymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002988 biodegradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005620 boronic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 1
- 208000019748 bullous skin disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-3-enoic acid;ethene Chemical compound C=C.OC(=O)CC=C DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- STOASOOVVADOKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-3-ynyl 4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(=O)(=O)OCCC#C)C=C1 STOASOOVVADOKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BPKIGYQJPYCAOW-FFJTTWKXSA-I calcium;potassium;disodium;(2s)-2-hydroxypropanoate;dichloride;dihydroxide;hydrate Chemical compound O.[OH-].[OH-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[Cl-].[K+].[Ca+2].C[C@H](O)C([O-])=O BPKIGYQJPYCAOW-FFJTTWKXSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 238000011088 calibration curve Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000609 carbazolyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004623 carbolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon carbon Chemical compound C.C CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonyldiimidazole Chemical compound C1=CN=CN1C(=O)N1C=CN=C1 PFKFTWBEEFSNDU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000012754 cardiac puncture Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013553 cell monolayer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007810 chemical reaction solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003016 chromanyl group Chemical group O1C(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000011097 chromatography purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004230 chromenyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000259 cinnolinyl group Chemical group N1=NC(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052681 coesite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940075614 colloidal silicon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000029742 colonic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940125904 compound 1 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007891 compressed tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- GBRBMTNGQBKBQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L copper;diiodide Chemical compound I[Cu]I GBRBMTNGQBKBQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000029078 coronary artery disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052906 cristobalite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclandelate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)CC(C)CC1OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WZHCOOQXZCIUNC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001047 cyclobutenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- XSYZCZPCBXYQTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclodecylcyclodecane Chemical compound C1CCCCCCCCC1C1CCCCCCCCC1 XSYZCZPCBXYQTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000522 cyclooctenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- USVZFSNDGFNNJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopenta-1,4-dien-1-yl(diphenyl)phosphane (2,3-dichlorocyclopenta-1,4-dien-1-yl)-diphenylphosphane iron(2+) Chemical compound [Fe++].c1cc[c-](c1)P(c1ccccc1)c1ccccc1.Clc1c(cc[c-]1Cl)P(c1ccccc1)c1ccccc1 USVZFSNDGFNNJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004856 decahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2CCCCC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000007872 degassing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000017858 demethylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010520 demethylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940009976 deoxycholate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-LLQZFEROSA-N deoxycholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1CC2)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-LLQZFEROSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- VTJCSBJRQLZNHE-CSMHCCOUSA-N desosamine Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)C[C@H](N(C)C)[C@@H](O)C=O VTJCSBJRQLZNHE-CSMHCCOUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052805 deuterium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K dihydroxy(stearato)aluminium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al](O)O UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008034 disappearance Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006196 drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007920 enema Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940079360 enema for constipation Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940031098 ethanolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940081104 fibrinogen / thrombin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003983 fluorenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003574 free electron Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005714 functional activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003838 furazanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000021302 gastroesophageal reflux disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001288 gastroparesis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000016361 genetic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009036 growth inhibition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000015220 hamburgers Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003862 health status Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012203 high throughput assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000001050 hortel pimenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000052637 human pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004680 hydrogen peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N hydroxymaleic acid group Chemical group O/C(/C(=O)O)=C/C(=O)O UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002632 imidazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002636 imidazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003392 indanyl group Chemical group C1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004926 indolenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- LPAGFVYQRIESJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N indoline Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NCCC2=C1 LPAGFVYQRIESJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003387 indolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003406 indolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000002551 irritable bowel syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004936 isatinoyl group Chemical group N1(C(=O)C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C12)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001977 isobenzofuranyl group Chemical group C=1(OC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003384 isochromanyl group Chemical group C1(OCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005438 isoindazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004594 isoindolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000904 isoindolyl group Chemical group C=1(NC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000004731 jugular vein Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940083668 ketek Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- TYQCGQRIZGCHNB-JLAZNSOCSA-N l-ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(O)=C(O)C1=O TYQCGQRIZGCHNB-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000865 liniment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001294 liquid chromatography-tandem mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000691 measurement method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- IZDROVVXIHRYMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonic anhydride Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OS(C)(=O)=O IZDROVVXIHRYMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GBMDVOWEEQVZKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanol;hydrate Chemical compound O.OC GBMDVOWEEQVZKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- STZCRXQWRGQSJD-GEEYTBSJSA-M methyl orange Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1\N=N\C1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 STZCRXQWRGQSJD-GEEYTBSJSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940012189 methyl orange Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001047 methyl salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000250 methylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002816 methylsulfanyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S[*] 0.000 description 1
- 229960003085 meticillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000033607 mismatch repair Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004001 molecular interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002324 mouth wash Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940051866 mouthwash Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SZWDDYHHAJTVJN-NUBCRITNSA-N n-[(3r)-piperidin-3-yl]hydroxylamine;hydrobromide Chemical compound Br.ON[C@@H]1CCCNC1 SZWDDYHHAJTVJN-NUBCRITNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[4-(1,3-benzoxazol-2-yl)phenyl]-4-nitrobenzenesulfonamide Chemical class C1=CC([N+](=O)[O-])=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=C(C=2OC3=CC=CC=C3N=2)C=C1 SYSQUGFVNFXIIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003136 n-heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- AKJFZAZNHOMLPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-piperidin-4-ylhydroxylamine;hydrobromide Chemical compound Br.ONC1CCNCC1 AKJFZAZNHOMLPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 150000002790 naphthalenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004593 naphthyridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000007923 nasal drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940100662 nasal drops Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000007922 nasal spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006218 nasal suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000004931 neurofibromatosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000344 non-irritating Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000012457 nonaqueous media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007764 o/w emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004930 octahydroisoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCCC2CCCC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000162 organ preservation solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003463 organelle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001715 oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000160 oxazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QNNHQVPFZIFNFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=NC2=N1 QNNHQVPFZIFNFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004095 oxindolyl group Chemical group N1(C(CC2=CC=CC=C12)=O)* 0.000 description 1
- MUJIDPITZJWBSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium(2+) Chemical compound [Pd+2] MUJIDPITZJWBSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000001814 pectin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010987 pectin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001277 pectin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000006340 pentafluoro ethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004934 phenanthridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC=C3C=CC=CC3=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004625 phenanthrolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=C3C=CC=NC3=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001791 phenazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001484 phenothiazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2SC3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004932 phenoxathinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001644 phenoxazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- CTRLRINCMYICJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl azide Chemical class [N-]=[N+]=NC1=CC=CC=C1 CTRLRINCMYICJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004592 phthalazinyl group Chemical group C1(=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004928 piperidonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960005235 piperonyl butoxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004591 piperonyl group Chemical group C(C1=CC=2OCOC2C=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001515 polyalkylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008389 polyethoxylated castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004633 polyglycolic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004626 polylactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002861 polymer material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000011181 potassium carbonates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000011533 pre-incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002568 propynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000000007 protein synthesis inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 125000001042 pteridinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=NC=CN=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004309 pyranyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003072 pyrazolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002755 pyrazolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NRTYMEPCRDJMPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine;2,2,2-trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1.OC(=O)C(F)(F)F NRTYMEPCRDJMPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O pyridinium Chemical compound C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001422 pyrrolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004621 quinuclidinyl group Chemical group N12C(CC(CC1)CC2)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000023504 respiratory system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 231100000004 severe toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000007493 shaping process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000344 soap Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010267 sodium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002689 soil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011877 solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000012453 sprague-dawley rat model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012086 standard solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052682 stishovite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005556 structure-activity relationship Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011885 synergistic combination Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ILMRJRBKQSSXGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl(dimethyl)silicon Chemical group C[Si](C)C(C)(C)C ILMRJRBKQSSXGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003039 tetrahydroisoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(NCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000147 tetrahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000011285 therapeutic regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004627 thianthrenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2SC3=CC=CC=C3SC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960004072 thrombin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003106 tissue adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005490 tosylate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007070 tosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- ILJSQTXMGCGYMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N triacetic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)CC(=O)CC(O)=O ILJSQTXMGCGYMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004306 triazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003866 trichloromethyl group Chemical group ClC(Cl)(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006168 tricyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052905 tridymite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- CWMFRHBXRUITQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylsilylacetylene Chemical group C[Si](C)(C)C#C CWMFRHBXRUITQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052722 tritium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000001291 vacuum drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009777 vacuum freeze-drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- MYPYJXKWCTUITO-LYRMYLQWSA-N vancomycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC1=C2C=C3C=C1OC1=CC=C(C=C1Cl)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]3C(=O)N[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](C3=CC(O)=CC(O)=C3C=3C(O)=CC=C1C=3)C(O)=O)=O)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(C(=C1)Cl)O2)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)NC)[C@H]1C[C@](C)(N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 MYPYJXKWCTUITO-LYRMYLQWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003165 vancomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MYPYJXKWCTUITO-UHFFFAOYSA-N vancomycin Natural products O1C(C(=C2)Cl)=CC=C2C(O)C(C(NC(C2=CC(O)=CC(O)=C2C=2C(O)=CC=C3C=2)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C3NC(=O)C2NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC)C(O)C(C=C3Cl)=CC=C3OC3=CC2=CC1=C3OC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1OC1CC(C)(N)C(O)C(C)O1 MYPYJXKWCTUITO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013311 vegetables Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000007762 w/o emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008215 water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001834 xanthenyl group Chemical group C1=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3C(C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940072251 zithromax Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940061740 zyvox Drugs 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H17/00—Compounds containing heterocyclic radicals directly attached to hetero atoms of saccharide radicals
- C07H17/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only oxygen as ring hetero atoms
- C07H17/08—Hetero rings containing eight or more ring members, e.g. erythromycins
Definitions
- the present invention relates generally to the field of anti-infective, anti- proliferative, anti-inflammatory, and prokinetic agents. More particularly, the invention relates to a family of triazole macrocyclic compounds that are useful as such agents. BACKGROUND
- the problem of resistance is not limited to the area of anti-infective agents.
- Linezolid was approved for use as an anti-bacterial agent active against Gram-positive organisms.
- linezolid-resistant strains of organisms are already being reported. See, Tsiodras et al., Lancet, vol.358, p.207 (2001); Gonzales et al., Lancet, vol 357, p. 1179 (2001); Zurenko et al., Proceedings Of The 39 th Annual Interscience Conference On Antibacterial Agents And Chemotherapy (ICAAC), San Francisco, CA, USA (September 26-29, 1999).
- Another class of antibiotics is the macrolides, so named for their characteristic 14- to 16-membered ring.
- the macrolides also often have one or more 6-membered sugar- derived rings attached to the main macrolide ring.
- the first macrolide antibiotic to be developed was erythromycin, which was isolated from a soil sample from the Philippines in 1952. Even though erythromycin has been one of the most widely prescribed antibiotics, its disadvantages are relatively low bioavailability, gastrointestinal side effects, and a limited spectrum of activity.
- Another macrolide is the compound, azithromycin, which is an azolide derivative of erythromycin incorporating a methyl-substituted nitrogen in the macrolide ring.
- Azithromycin is sold under the trade name Zithromax ® .
- telithromycin A more recently introduced macrolide is telithromycin, which is sold under the trade name Ketek ® .
- Telithromycin is a semisynthetic macrolide in which a hydroxyl group of the macrolide ring has been oxidized to a ketone group. See Yong-Ji Wu, Highlights of Semi-synthetic Developments from Erythromycin A, Current Pharm. Design, vol.6, pp.181-223 (2000), and Yong-Ji Wu and Wei-uo Su, Recent Developments on Ketolides and Macrolides, Curr. Med. Chem., vol.8, no.14, pp.1727-1758 (2001).
- the invention provides compounds useful as anti-infective agents and/or anti- proliferative agents, for example, anti-biotic agents, anti-microbial agents, anti-bacterial agents, anti-fungal agents, anti-parasitic agents, anti-viral agents, and chemotherapeutic agents.
- the present invention also provides compounds useful as anti-inflammatory agents, and/or prokinetic (gastrointestinal modulatory) agents.
- the present invention also provides pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, N-oxides, or prodrugs thereof.
- the present invention provides compounds having the structure:
- variables A,T, X, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 11 , and n can be selected from the respective groups of chemical moieties later defined in the detailed description.
- the invention provides methods of synthesizing the foregoing compounds.
- a therapeutically effective amount of one or more of the compounds can be formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier for administration to a mammal, particularly humans, for use as an anti-cancer, anti-biotic, anti-microbial, anti-bacterial, anti-fungal, anti-parasitic or anti-viral agent, or to treat a proliferative disease, an inflammatory disease or a gastrointestinal motility disorder, or to suppress disease states or conditions caused or mediated by nonsense or missense mutations.
- the compounds or the formulations can be administered, for example, via oral, parenteral, or topical routes, to provide an effective amount of the compound to the mammal.
- the present invention provides a family of compounds that can be used as anti- proliferative agents and/or anti-infective agents.
- the compounds can be used without limitation, for example, as anti-cancer, anti-microbial, anti-bacterial, anti-fungal, anti- parasitic and/or anti-viral agents.
- the present invention provides a family of compounds that can be used without limitation as anti-inflammatory agents, for example, for use in treating chronic inflammatory airway diseases, and/or as prokinetic agents, for example, for use in treating gastrointestinal motility disorders such as gastroesophageal reflux disease, gastroparesis (diabetic and post surgical), irritable bowel syndrome, and constipation. Further, the compounds can be used to treat or prevent a disease state in a mammal caused or mediated by a nonsense or missense mutation.
- the compounds described herein can have asymmetric centers.
- substituted means that any one or more hydrogens on the designated atom is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valency is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound.
- 2 hydrogens on the atom are replaced.
- the present invention is intended to include all isotopes of atoms occurring in the present compounds.
- Isotopes include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers.
- isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium.
- isotopes of carbon include C-13 and C-14.
- any variable e.g., R 3
- its definition at each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence.
- R 3 at each occurrence is selected independently from the definition of R 3 .
- substituents and/or variables are permissible, but only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
- a chemical structure showing a dotted line representation for a chemical bond indicates that the bond is optionally present.
- a dotted line drawn next to a solid single bond indicates that the bond can be either a single bond or a double bond.
- nitrogens in the compounds of the present invention can be converted to N-oxides by treatment with an oxidizing agent (e.g., MCPBA and/or hydrogen peroxides) to afford other compounds of the present invention.
- an oxidizing agent e.g., MCPBA and/or hydrogen peroxides
- all shown and claimed nitrogens are considered to cover both the shown nitrogen and its N- oxide (N ⁇ O) derivative.
- the term“anomeric carbon” means the acetal carbon of a glycoside.
- the term“glycoside” is a cyclic acetal.
- alkyl is intended to include both branched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms.
- C 1-6 alkyl is intended to include C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , and C 6 alkyl groups.
- C 1-8 alkyl is intended to include C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , C 6 , C 7 , and C 8 alkyl groups.
- alkyl examples include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, s-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, and n-octyl.
- alkenyl is intended to include hydrocarbon chains of either straight or branched configuration and one or more unsaturated carbon-carbon bonds that can occur in any stable point along the chain, such as ethenyl and propenyl.
- C 2-6 alkenyl is intended to include C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , and C 6 alkenyl groups.
- C 2-8 alkenyl is intended to include C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , C 6 , C 7 , and C 8 alkenyl groups.
- alkynyl is intended to include hydrocarbon chains of either straight or branched configuration and one or more triple carbon-carbon bonds that can occur in any stable point along the chain, such as ethynyl and propynyl.
- C 2-6 alkynyl is intended to include C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , and C 6 alkynyl groups.
- C 2-8 alkynyl is intended to include C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , C 6 , C 7 , and C 8 alkynyl groups.
- “alkyl”,“alkenyl”, and“alkynyl” are intended to include moieties which are diradicals, i.e., having two points of attachment, an example of which in the present invention is when D is selected from these chemical groups.
- a nonlimiting example of such an alkyl moiety that is a diradical is–CH 2 CH 2 –, i.e., a C 2 alkyl group that is covalently bonded via each terminal carbon atom to the remainder of the molecule.
- the terms used to describe various carbon-containing moieties are intended to include univalent, bivalent, or multivalent species.
- “C 1-6 alkyl-R 3 ” is intended to represent a univalent C 1-6 alkyl group substituted with a R 3 group
- “O-C 1-6 alkyl-R 3 ” is intended to represent a bivalent C 1-6 alkyl group, i.e., an “alkylene” group, substituted with an oxygen atom and a R 3 group.
- cycloalkyl is intended to include saturated ring groups, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or cyclopentyl.
- C 3-8 cycloalkyl is intended to include C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , C 6 , C 7 , and C 8 cycloalkyl groups.
- halo or halogen refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.
- Counterion is used to represent a small, negatively charged species such as chloride, bromide, hydroxide, acetate, and sulfate.
- haloalkyl include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethyl,
- alkoxy refers to an alkyl group as defined above with the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an oxygen bridge.
- C 1-6 alkoxy is intended to include C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , and C 6 alkoxy groups.
- C 1-8 alkoxy is intended to include C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , C 6 , C 7 , and C 8 alkoxy groups.
- alkoxy examples include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, s-butoxy, t-butoxy, n-pentoxy, s-pentoxy, n-heptoxy, and n-octoxy.
- alkylthio refers to an alkyl group as defined above with the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an sulfur bridge.
- C 1-6 alkylthio is intended to include C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , and C 6 alkylthio groups.
- C 1-8 alkylthio is intended to include C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , C 6 , C 7 , and C 8 alkylthio groups.
- carrier or “carbocyclic ring” is intended to mean, unless otherwise specified, any stable 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12-membered monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring, any of which can be saturated, unsaturated (including partially and fully unsaturated), or aromatic, recognizing that rings with certain numbers of members cannot be bicyclic or tricyclic, e.g., a 3-membered ring can only be a monocyclic ring.
- carbocycles include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptenyl, cycloheptyl, cycloheptenyl, adamantyl, cyclooctyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclooctadienyl,
- bridged rings are also included in the definition of carbocycle (e.g., [2.2.2]bicyclooctane).
- a bridged ring occurs when one or more carbon atoms link two non-adjacent carbon atoms. Preferred bridges are one or two carbon atoms.
- a bridge always converts a monocyclic ring into a tricyclic ring.
- the substituents recited for the ring can also be present on the bridge. Fused (e.g., naphthyl and
- heterocycle means, unless otherwise stated, a stable 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12-membered monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring (recognizing that rings with certain numbers of members cannot be bicyclic or tricyclic, e.g., a 3- membered ring can only be a monocyclic ring), which is saturated, unsaturated (including partially and fully unsaturated), or aromatic, and consists of carbon atoms and one or more ring heteroatoms, e.g., 1 or 1-2 or 1-3 or 1-4 or 1-5 or 1-6 heteroatoms, independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and including any bicyclic or tricyclic group in which any of the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a second ring (e.g., a benzene ring).
- a second ring e.g., a benzene ring
- a nitrogen atom is included in the ring it is either N or NH, depending on whether or not it is attached to a double bond in the ring (i.e., a hydrogen is present if needed to maintain the tri-valency of the nitrogen atom).
- the nitrogen atom can be substituted or unsubstituted (i.e., N or NR wherein R is H or another substituent, as defined).
- the heterocyclic ring can be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in a stable structure.
- the heterocyclic rings described herein can be substituted on carbon or on a nitrogen atom if the resulting compound is stable.
- a nitrogen in the heterocycle can optionally be quaternized.
- Bridged rings are also included in the definition of heterocycle.
- a bridged ring occurs when one or more atoms (i.e., C, O, N, or S) link two non-adjacent carbon or nitrogen atoms.
- Preferred bridges include, but are not limited to, one carbon atom, two carbon atoms, one nitrogen atom, two nitrogen atoms, and a carbon-nitrogen group. It is noted that a bridge always converts a monocyclic ring into a tricyclic ring. When a ring is bridged, the substituents recited for the ring can also be present on the bridge. Spiro and fused rings are also included.
- aromatic heterocycle or“heteroaryl” is intended to mean a stable 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12-membered monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring (recognizing that rings with certain numbers of members cannot be a bicyclic aromatic, e.g., a 5-membered ring can only be a monocyclic aromatic ring),which consists of carbon atoms and one or more heteroatoms, e.g., 1 or 1-2 or 1-3 or 1-4 or 1-5 or 1-6 heteroatoms, independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
- the second ring can also be fused or bridged as defined above for heterocycles.
- the nitrogen atom can be substituted or unsubstituted (i.e., N or NR wherein R is H or another substituent, as defined).
- heterocycles include, but are not limited to, acridinyl, azocinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoxazolinyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl,
- benzisothiazolyl benzimidazolinyl, carbazolyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl,
- dihydrofuro[2,3-b]tetrahydrofuran furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, 1H-indazolyl, indolenyl, indolinyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, 3H-indolyl, isatinoyl, isobenzofuranyl, isochromanyl, isoindazolyl, isoindolinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, methylenedioxyphenyl, morpholinyl, naphthyridinyl,
- phenoxazinyl phthalazinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, piperidonyl, 4-piperidonyl, piperonyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridooxazole, pyridoimidazole, pyridothiazole, pyridinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl,
- the phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salts refer to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by making acid or base salts thereof.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids.
- such conventional non-toxic salts include, but are not limited to, those derived from inorganic and organic acids selected from 2-acetoxybenzoic, 2-hydroxyethane sulfonic, acetic, ascorbic, benzene sulfonic, benzoic, bicarbonic, carbonic, citric, edetic, ethane disulfonic, ethane sulfonic, fumaric, glucoheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, glycollyarsanilic, hexylresorcinic, hydrabamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, hydroiodide, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthoic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauryl sulfonic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methane sulfonic, napsylic, nitric, oxalic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phosphoric,
- the pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from the parent compound that contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods.
- such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, non-aqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, USA, p.1445 (1990).
- the compounds of the present invention can be delivered in prodrug form.
- the present invention is intended to cover prodrugs of the presently claimed compounds, methods of delivering the same and compositions containing the same.
- Prodrugs are intended to include any covalently bonded carriers that release an active parent drug of the present invention in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject.
- Prodrugs the present invention are prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compound.
- Prodrugs include compounds of the present invention wherein a hydroxy, amino, or sulfhydryl group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug of the present invention is administered to a mammalian subject, it cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, free amino, or free sulfhydryl group, respectively.
- Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate, and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups in the compounds of the present invention.
- Solid compound and “stable structure” are meant to indicate a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
- “treating” or“treatment” means the treatment of a disease-state in a mammal, particularly in a human, and include: (a) preventing the disease-state from occurring in a mammal, in particular, when such mammal is predisposed to the disease- state but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; (b) inhibiting the disease-state, i.e., arresting its development; and/or (c) relieving the disease-state, i.e., causing regression of the disease state.
- “mammal” refers to human and non-human patients.
- the term "therapeutically effective amount” refers to a compound, or a combination of compounds, of the present invention present in or on a recipient in an amount sufficient to elicit biological activity, for example, anti-microbial activity, anti- fungal activity, anti-viral activity, anti-parasitic activity, and/or anti-proliferative activity.
- the combination of compounds is preferably a synergistic combination. Synergy, as described, for example, by Chou and Talalay, Adv. Enzyme Regul. vol.22, pp.27-55 (1984), occurs when the effect of the compounds when administered in combination is greater than the additive effect of the compounds when administered alone as a single agent.
- Synergistic effect is most clearly demonstrated at sub-optimal concentrations of the compounds.
- Synergy can be in terms of lower cytotoxicity, increased anti-proliferative and/or anti-infective effect, or some other beneficial effect of the combination compared with the individual components.
- compositions are described as having, including, or comprising specific components, or where processes are described as having, including, or comprising specific process steps, it is contemplated that compositions of the present invention also consist essentially of, or consist of, the recited components, and that the processes of the present invention also consist essentially of, or consist of, the recited processing steps. Further, it should be understood that the order of steps or order for performing certain actions are immaterial so long as the invention remains operable.
- the invention provides a compound having the structure of Formula I:
- A is selected from (a) a C 1-6 alkyl group, (b) a C 2-6 alkenyl group, (c) a
- X is selected from–OR 15 and–SR 15 ,
- R 1 and R 3 independently are selected from: (a) H, (b) a
- R 1 and R 3 are taken together with the oxygen to which R 1 is attached, the nitrogen to which R 3 is attached and the two intervening carbons to form a 5 or 6 membered ring, said ring being optionally substituted with one or more R 5 ;
- R 2 is hydrogen or–OR 12 ;
- R 4 at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
- NR 6 R 6 forms a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring including the nitrogen atom to which the R 6 groups are attached, wherein said ring is optionally substituted at a position other than the nitrogen atom to which the R 6 groups are attached, with one or more substituents selected from O, S(O)p, N, and NR 8 ;
- R 5 is selected from:
- R 7 (a) R 7 , (b) a C1-8 alkyl group, (c) a C2-8 alkenyl group, (d) a C2-8 alkynyl group, (e) a C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, or two R 5 groups, when present on the same carbon atom can be taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a spiro 3- 6 membered carbocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur;
- R 6 at each occurrence, independently is selected from: (a) H, (b) a C1-6 alkyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (d) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (e) a C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) a 3- 10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
- NR 6 R 6 forms a 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring including the nitrogen atom to which the R 6 groups are attached wherein said ring is optionally substituted at a position other than the nitrogen atom to which the R 6 groups are bonded, with one or more moieties selected from O, S(O)p, N, and NR 8 ;
- CR 6 R 6 forms a carbonyl group
- NR 6 S(O) p NR 6 (CR 6 R 6 ) t R 9 (ee)–NR 6 R 6 , (ff)–NR 6 (CR 6 R 6 ), (gg)–OH, (hh) –NR 6 R 6 , (ii)–OCH3, (jj)–S(O) p R 6 , (kk)–NC(O)R 6 , (ll) a C 1-6 alkyl group, (mm) a C 2-6 alkenyl group, (nn) a C 2-6 alkynyl group, (oo)–C 3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (pp) 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
- two R 7 groups can form—O(CH2)uO—;
- R 8 is selected from:
- any of (c)–(k) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from : (aa) H, (bb) F, (cc) Cl, (dd) Br, (ee) I, (ff) CN, (gg) NO2, (hh) OH, (ii) NH2, (jj) NH(C1-6 alkyl), (kk)
- N(C 1-6 alkyl) 2 (ll) a C 1-6 alkoxy group, (mm) an aryl group, (nn) a substituted aryl group, (oo) a heteroaryl group, (pp) a substituted heteroaryl group, and qq) a C1-6 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more moieties selected from an aryl group, a substituted aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a substituted heteroaryl group, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO2, CF3, SCF3, and OH;
- R 9 at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
- R 10 (a) R 10 , (b) a C 1-6 alkyl group, (c) a C 2-6 alkenyl group, (d) a C 2-6 alkynyl group, e) a C 3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and f) a 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein any of (b)–(f) optionally is substituted with one or more R 10 groups;
- R 10 at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
- NR 6 S(O) p NR 6 R 6 (w) a C 1-6 alkyl group, (x) a C 2-6 alkenyl group, (y) a C 2-6 alkynyl group, (z) a C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (aa) a 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
- any of (w)–(aa) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from R 6 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO 2 ,–OR 6 ,–NH 2 ,– NH(C1-6 alkyl),–N(C1-6 alkyl)2, a C1-6 alkoxy group, a C1-6 alkylthio group, and a C 1-6 acyl group;
- R 11 at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
- NR 8 C(S)NR 8 R 8 (ff)–SC(O)R 8 , (gg) -N3, (hh)–Si(R 13 )3, (ii) a C1-8 alkyl group, (jj) a C 2-8 alkenyl group, (kk) a C 2-8 alkynyl group, (ll) a C 3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (mm) a 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein (ii)-(mm) optionally are substituted with one or more R 5 groups;
- R 12 is selected from:
- each R 13 is independently selected from (a) -C1-6 alkyl and (b)–O-(C1-6 alkyl); R 14 at each occurrence is independently selected from:
- R 15 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with from 1 to 13 fluorine atoms;
- n at each occurrence is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
- p at each occurrence is 0, 1, or 2;
- r at each occurrence is 0, 1, or 2;
- t at each occurrence is 0, 1, or 2;
- R 100 is selected from (a) H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e)–SR 114 , and (f) C1-6 alkyl, wherein (f) optionally is substituted with one or more R 115 groups;
- R 101 is selected from:
- R 102 is H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e)–SR 114 , (f) C 1-6 alkyl, wherein (f) optionally is substituted with one or more R 115 groups;
- R 103 is selected from:
- R 102 and R 103 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form (a) a carbonyl group or (b) a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring which can optionally be substituted with one or more R 114 groups;
- R 101 and R 103 taken together are a single bond between the respective carbons to which these two groups are attached thereby creating a double bond between the carbons to which R 100 and R 102 are attached;
- R 101 and R 103 taken together with the carbons to which they are attached form a 3-membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring which can optionally be substituted with one or more R 114 groups ;
- R 104 is selected from:
- K is selected from:
- V is selected from(a)–(C 4 -alkyl)-, (b)-(C 4 -alkenyl)-, (c) O, (d) S, and (e) NR 114 , wherein (a) and (b) are optionally further substituted with one or more R 117 ;
- R 105 is selected from:
- R 104 and R 105 taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form
- Q is CH or N, and R 126 is–OR 114 ,–NR 114 or R 114 ;
- R 104 and R 105 taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form:
- R 101 is as defined above;
- R 101 and R 109 can be taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a carbonyl group; iii) alternately, R 101 and R 109 can be taken together to form the group–O(CR 116 R 116 )uO–;
- R 104 and R 105 taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form:
- R 130 and R 131 together with the carbons to which they are attached form a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring which can optionally be substituted with one or more R 114 groups;
- R 105 , R 132 and M taken together with the atoms to which they are attached, form:
- R 106 is selected from:
- R 105 and R 106 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 5-membered ring by attachment to each other through a chemical moiety selected from:
- R 105 , R 106 , and R 133 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form:
- U is selected from(a)–(C 4 -alkyl)- and (b)-(C 4 -alkenyl)-, wherein (a) and (b) are optionally further substituted with one or more R 117 ; alternatively, M and R 105 are taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form:
- R 107 is selected from
- R 106 and R 107 are taken together with the atom to which they are attached to form an epoxide, a carbonyl, an olefin, or a substituted olefin, or a C 3 -C 7 carbocyclic, carbonate, or carbamate, wherein the nitrogen of said carbamate can be further substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl;
- R 108 is selected from:
- R 111 is selected from H and–C(O)R 114 ;
- R 112 is selected from H, OH, and OR 114 ;
- R 113 is selected from:
- R 114 at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
- any of (b)–(t) optionally is substituted with one or more R 115 groups, wherein one or more non-terminal carbon moieties of any of (b)–(d) optionally is replaced with oxygen, S(O) p , or–NR 116 , alternatively, NR 114 R 114 forms a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring including the nitrogen atom to which the R 114 groups are bonded and optionally one or more moieties selected from O, S(O) p , N, and NR 118 ;
- R 115 is selected from:
- R 117 (a) R 117 , (b) C1-8 alkyl, (c) C2-8 alkenyl, (d) C2-8 alkynyl, (e) C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (f) 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein any of (b)–(f) optionally is substituted with one or more R 117 groups;
- R 116 at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
- any of (b)–(d) optionally is replaced with oxygen, S(O) p , or–NR 114 , wherein any of (b)– (f) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from:
- NR 116 R 116 forms a 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring including the nitrogen atom to which the R 116 groups are attached and optionally one or more moieties selected from O, S(O) p , N, and NR 118 ;
- CR 116 R 116 forms a carbonyl group
- two R 117 groups can form–O(CH 2 ) u O–;
- R 118 is selected from:
- any of (b)–(j) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from : (aa) H, (bb) F, (cc) Cl, (dd) Br, (ee) I, (ff) CN, (gg) NO2, (hh) OH, (ii) NH2, (jj) NH(C1-6 alky(l), (kk)
- R 119 at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
- R 120 at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
- any of (w)–(aa) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from R 116 , F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO 2 ,–OR 116 ,–NH 2 ,– NH(C1-6 alkyl),–N(C1-6 alkyl)2, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, and C1-6 acyl;
- R 121 at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
- R 122 is R 115 ;
- R 123 is selected from:
- R 122 and R 123 taken together are–O(CH2)uO–;
- R 124 at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
- R 125 is selected from:
- R 125 and one R 124 group taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form a 5-7 membered saturated or unsaturated carbocycle, optionally substituted with one or more R 115 groups; or a 5-7 membered saturated or unsaturated heterocycle containing one or more atoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and optionally substituted with one or more R 115 groups;
- R 126 at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
- any R 126 and any R 123 taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form a 5-7 membered saturated or unsaturated carbocycle, optionally substituted with one or more R 115 groups; or a 5-7 membered saturated or unsaturated heterocycle containing one or more atoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and optionally substituted with one or more R 115 groups;
- R 109 is H or F
- R 127 is R 114 , a monosaccharide or disaccharide (including amino sugars and halo sugar(s),–(CH 2 ) n -(O-CH 2 CH 2 -) m -O(CH 2 ) p CH 3 or–(CH 2 ) n -(O-CH 2 CH 2 -) m -OH
- R 128 is R 114 ;
- R 129 is R 114 ;
- R 110 is R 114 .
- R 109 and R 110 taken together with the carbons to which they are attached form:
- R 128 and R 129 together with the carbons to which they are attached form a 3-6 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring which can optionally be substituted with one or more R 114 groups;
- R 132 , R 133 , and R 134 are each independently selected from (a) H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e)–OR 114 , (f)–SR 114 , (g)–NR 114 R 114 , and (h) C1-6 alkyl, wherein (h) optionally is substituted with one or more R 115 groups;
- R 105 and R 134 are taken together with the carbons to which they are attached to form a 3-membered ring, said ring optionally containing an oxygen or nitrogen atom, and said ring being optionally substituted with one or more R 114 groups;
- k at each occurrence is 0, 1, or 2;
- n 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
- n at each occurrence is 1, 2, or 3.
- the compound is other than:
- the compound is not a compound disclosed in PCT application No. WO2008/143730, PCT application No. WO2008/106226, PCT application No. WO2008/106224, PCT application No. WO2008/143729, PCT application No.
- the compound is not a compound disclosed in PCT application No. WO2008/143730 or PCT application No. WO2008/106226.
- n 1 or 2.
- n 1
- R 11 is F.
- n 0.
- X is -OR 15 .
- X is–SR 15 .
- R 15 is C 1-3 alkyl, optionally substituted with from 1 to 7 fluorines.
- R 15 is C1-2 alkyl, optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 fluorines.
- R 15 is selected from–CH3, -
- R 15 is–CH 3 .
- A is selected from (a) a C 1-6 alkyl group, (b) a C 2-6 alkenyl group, (c) a C 2-6 alkynyl group, (d) a C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (e) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms, (f)–CF 3 , (g)– NR 6 (CR 6 R 6 ) t R 9 , (h)–OR 9 , (i)–S ( CR 6 R 6 ) t R 9 , (j)–S(O) ( CR 6 R 6 ) t R 9 ,(k)–S(O) 2 ( CR 6R6) t R9 (l)–C(O)(CR 6 R 6 ) t R 9 , (m)–OC(O)(CR 6 R 6 ) t R 9 , (n) OC(O)
- A is selected (a)–
- A is a C 1-6 alkyl group, optionally substituted with one or more R 14 groups.
- A is a C 2-6 alkenyl group, optionally substituted with one or more R 14 groups.
- A is a C 2-6 alkynyl group, optionally substituted with one or more R 14 groups.
- A is a C 3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, optionally are substituted with one or more R 14 groups.
- A is a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms, optionally substituted with one or more R 14 groups.
- A is 5-10 (e.g., 5-6) membered aromatic heterocycle containing one or more nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms, optionally substituted with one or more R 14 groups; e.g., 5-10 (e.g., 5-6) membered aromatic heterocycle containing one or more nitrogen atoms, optionally substituted with one or more R 14 groups; e.g., pyridyl, e.g., 3-pyridyl.
- A is H.
- A is–OH. In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–SH.
- A is F.
- A is Cl.
- A is Br.
- A is I.
- A is–CF 3 .
- A is–CN.
- A is–N3.
- A is–NO 2 .
- A is–NR 6 (CR 6 R 6 ) t R 9 .
- A is–OR 9 .
- A is–S ( CR 6 R 6 ) t R 9 .
- A is–S(O) ( CR 6 R 6 ) t R 9 .
- A is–S(O) 2 ( CR 6R6) t R9 .
- A is–C(O)(CR 6 R 6 ) t R 9 .
- A is–OC(O)(CR 6 R 6 ) t R 9 .
- A is–OC(O)O(CR 6 R 6 ) t R 9 . In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–SC(O)(CR 6 R 6 ) t R 9 .
- A is–C(O)O(CR 6 R 6 ) t R 9 .
- A is–NR 6 C(O)O(CR 6 R 6 ) t R 9 . In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–OC(O)NR 6 (CR 6 R 6 ) t R 9 . In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–NR 6 C(O)NR 6 (CR 6 R 6 ) t R 9 . In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–NR 6 S(O) p (CR 6 R 6 ) t R 9 . In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–S(O) p NR 6 (CR 6 R 6 ) t R 9 . In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–NR 6 R 6 . In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–NR 6 (CR 6 R 6 )tR 9 .
- A is–SR 6 .
- A is–S(O)R 6 .
- A is–S(O) 2 R 6 .
- A is–NR 6 C(O)R 6 .
- A is–Si(R 13 ) 3 .
- R 13 is selected from –CH3 and– OCH 3 .
- R 13 is–CH 3 .
- R 13 is–OCH3.
- the invention provides a compound having the structure:
- R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 11 , R 15 , n A, and T are as described herein.
- the invention provides a compound having the structure:
- R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 11 , R 15 , n, A, and T, are as described herein.
- the invention provides a compound having the structure:
- R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 11 , n A, and T are as described herein.
- T is selected from:
- R 100 , R 101 , R 104 , R 105 , R 106 , R 107 , R 108 , R 109 , R 110 , and R 120 are as described above and where the dotted lines indicate optional double bonds.
- one of R 100 and R 101 is C 1-6 alkyl (e.g., CH 3 ), and the other is H.
- R 104 is C 1-6 alkyl (e.g., CH3).
- R 108 is C 1-6 alkyl (e.g., CH 2 CH 3 ).
- each of R 105 and R 106 is an independently selected -OR 114 (e.g., each of R 105 and R 106 is -OH).
- R 105 and R 106 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 5-membered ring by attachment to each other through a chemical moiety selected from:
- R 105 and R 106 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 5-membered ring by attachment to each other through a chemical moiety selected from (b)–OC(O)O–, (c)–OC(O)NR 114 –, and (d)–NR 114 C(O)O–.
- R 127 is R 114 , e.g., R 114 can be selected from:
- T is selected from:
- the macrolide,“T” is defined to include various 14- and 15-membered ring systems, which can contain one or more heteroatoms. Also, as defined herein, the macrolide,“T” is connected via a macrocyclic ring carbon atom”, which means that the connection or bond is made to a carbon atom on the 14- or 15-membered ring of the macrolide moiety.
- the macrolide can include further substituents, including ring substituents.
- the substituent designated as R 103 can in certain embodiments be a sugar moiety, e.g.
- a cladinose sugar or the substituents such as R 104 and R 105 are taken together in certain embodiments to form a bridged bicyclic ring system with the macrolide ring, or the substituents R 105 and R 106 ,are taken together in certain
- the macrolide component of the compounds of the present invention can comprise a wide range of structures.
- Examples of such macrolide components and their syntheses are provided in the following documents, all of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety: PCT application No. WO 2005/118610, published December 15, 2005, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; PCT application No. WO 2005/085266, published September 15, 2005, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; PCT application No. WO 2005/049632, published June 2, 2005, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; PCT application No. WO 2005/042554, published May 12, 2005, to Rib-X
- the compound of Formula I is a compound selected from Table I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof.
- Table I depict the geometry of the major oxime isomer. Table I.
- the compound selected from Table I is not a compound disclosed in PCT application No. WO2008/143730, PCT application No.
- the compound selected from Table I is not a compound disclosed in PCT application No. WO2008/143730 or PCT application No.
- the compound of Formula I is a compound selected from Table II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof.
- Table II
- the compound is a compound selected from Table I and/or Table II. In some embodiments, the compound selected from Table I and/or Table II is not a compound disclosed in PCT application No. WO2008/143730, PCT application No. WO2008/106226, PCT application No. WO2008/106224, PCT application No.
- the compound selected from Table I and/or Table II is not a compound disclosed in PCT application No. WO2008/143730 or PCT application No. WO2008/106226.
- the invention also provides a compound having one of the following structures, or a harmaceuticall acce table salt ester N-oxide or rodru thereof:
- the invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition that contains one or more of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the invention also provides a method for treating or preventing a disease state in a mammal by administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of one or more of the compounds described above.
- the invention also provides a method of treating a microbial infection in a mammal by administering to the mammal an effective amount of one or more of the compounds described above.
- the invention also provides a method of treating a fungal infection in a mammal by administering to the mammal an effective amount of one or more of the compounds described above.
- the invention also provides a method of treating a parasitic disease in a mammal by administering to the mammal an effective amount of one or more of the compounds described above.
- the invention also provides a method of treating a proliferative disease in a mammal by administering to the mammal an effective amount of one or more of the compounds described above.
- the invention also provides a method of treating a viral infection in a mammal by administering to the mammal an effective amount of one or more of the compounds described above.
- the invention also provides a method of treating an inflammatory disease in a mammal by administering to the mammal an effective amount of one or more of the compounds described above.
- the invention also provides a method of treating a gastrointestinal motility disorder in a mammal by administering to the mammal an effective amount of one or more of the compounds described above.
- the invention also provides a method of treating or preventing a disease state in a mammal caused or mediated by a nonsense or missense mutation by administering to the mammal an effective amount of one or more of the compounds described above to suppress expression of the nonsense or missense mutation.
- the compound or compounds are administered orally, parentally, or topically.
- the invention also provides a method of synthesizing the compounds described above.
- the invention also provides a medical device containing one or more of the compounds described above.
- the device is a stent.
- the invention provides methods for making the compounds of the invention.
- the following schemes depict exemplary chemistries available for synthesizing the compounds of the invention.
- Scheme 1 illustrates the synthesis of triazole compounds of type 5 and 6.
- Erythromycin can be N-demethylated as described in the art (U.S. Patent No.3,725,385; Flynn et al. (1954) J. AM. CHEM. SOC.76: 3121; Ku et al. (1997) BIOORG. MED. CHEM. LETT.7: 1203; Stenmark et al. (2000) J. ORG. CHEM.65: 3875) to afford secondary amine 1.
- Alkylation of 1 with electrophiles of type 2 yields alkynes of type 3 containing an alkyl chain of appropriate length, generally between one and about four carbon atoms between the nitrogen atom and the alkyne group.
- Cycloaddition of azides of type 4 with alkynes 3 generates two regioisomeric triazole products.
- the reaction can be thermally catalyzed, or a number of catalysts could be added to facilitate the reaction (such as, but not limited to, copper (I) iodide: see Tornoe, C.W. et al. (2002) J. ORG. CHEM. 67: 3057).
- the major isomer (for steric reasons) is the“anti” isomer 5, a 1,4 disubstituted triazole.
- the minor component is the“syn” isomer 6, a 1,5 disubstituted triazole.
- Compounds designed, selected and/or optimized by methods described above, once produced, can be characterized using a variety of assays known to those skilled in the art to determine whether the compounds have biological activity.
- the molecules can be characterized by conventional assays, including but not limited to those assays described below, to determine whether they have a predicted activity, binding activity and/or binding specificity.
- high-throughput screening can be used to speed up analysis using such assays.
- it can be possible to rapidly screen the molecules described herein for activity, for example, as anti-cancer, anti-bacterial, anti-fungal, anti-parasitic or anti-viral agents.
- it can be possible to assay how the compounds interact with a ribosome or ribosomal subunit and/or are effective as modulators (for example, inhibitors) of protein synthesis using techniques known in the art.
- General methodologies for performing high-throughput screening are described, for example, in Devlin (1998) High Throughput Screening, Marcel Dekker; and U.S. Patent No.5,763,263.
- High-throughput assays can use one or more different assay techniques including, but not limited to, those described below.
- SPR surface plasmon resonance
- SPR methodologies measure the interaction between two or more macromolecules in real-time through the generation of a quantum-mechanical surface plasmon.
- One device (BIAcore Biosensor RTM from Pharmacia Biosensor, Piscataway, N.J.) provides a focused beam of polychromatic light to the interface between a gold film (provided as a disposable biosensor "chip") and a buffer compartment that can be regulated by the user.
- a 100 nm thick "hydrogel” composed of carboxylated dextran that provides a matrix for the covalent immobilization of analytes of interest is attached to the gold film. When the focused light interacts with the free electron cloud of the gold film, plasmon resonance is enhanced.
- the resulting reflected light is spectrally depleted in wavelengths that optimally evolved the resonance.
- the BIAcore establishes an optical interface which accurately reports the behavior of the generated surface plasmon resonance.
- the plasmon resonance and thus the depletion spectrum
- the plasmon resonance is sensitive to mass in the evanescent field (which corresponds roughly to the thickness of the hydrogel).
- the interaction between the two components can be measured in real time based on the accumulation of mass in the evanescent field and its corresponding effects of the plasmon resonance as measured by the depletion spectrum.
- This system permits rapid and sensitive real-time measurement of the molecular interactions without the need to label either component.
- Fluorescence polarization is a measurement technique that can readily be applied to protein-protein, protein-ligand, or RNA-ligand interactions in order to derive IC50s and Kds of the association reaction between two molecules.
- one of the molecules of interest is conjugated with a fluorophore. This is generally the smaller molecule in the system (in this case, the compound of interest).
- the sample mixture containing both the ligand-probe conjugate and the ribosome, ribosomal subunit or fragment thereof, is excited with vertically polarized light. Light is absorbed by the probe fluorophores, and re-emitted a short time later. The degree of polarization of the emitted light is measured.
- Polarization of the emitted light is dependent on several factors, but most importantly on viscosity of the solution and on the apparent molecular weight of the fluorophore. With proper controls, changes in the degree of polarization of the emitted light depends only on changes in the apparent molecular weight of the fluorophore, which in-turn depends on whether the probe-ligand conjugate is free in solution, or is bound to a receptor. Binding assays based on FP have a number of important advantages, including the measurement of IC 50 s and Kds under true homogenous equilibrium conditions, speed of analysis and amenity to automation, and ability to screen in cloudy suspensions and colored solutions.
- the compound of interest can also be characterized as a modulator (for example, an inhibitor of protein synthesis) of the functional activity of the ribosome or ribosomal subunit.
- a modulator for example, an inhibitor of protein synthesis
- more specific protein synthesis inhibition assays can be performed by administering the compound to a whole organism, tissue, organ, organelle, cell, a cellular or subcellular extract, or a purified ribosome preparation and observing its pharmacological and inhibitory properties by determining, for example, its inhibition constant (IC50) for inhibiting protein synthesis.
- IC50 inhibition constant
- Incorporation of 3 H leucine or 35 S methionine, or similar experiments can be performed to investigate protein synthesis activity.
- a change in the amount or the rate of protein synthesis in the cell in the presence of a molecule of interest indicates that the molecule is a modulator of protein synthesis.
- a decrease in the rate or the amount of protein synthesis indicates that the molecule is a inhibitor of protein synthesis.
- the compounds can be assayed for anti-proliferative or anti-infective properties on a cellular level.
- the activity of compounds of interest can be assayed by growing the microorganisms of interest in media either containing or lacking the compound. Growth inhibition can be indicative that the molecule can be acting as a protein synthesis inhibitor.
- the activity of the compounds of interest against bacterial pathogens can be demonstrated by the ability of the compound to inhibit growth of defined strains of human pathogens.
- a panel of bacterial strains can be assembled to include a variety of target pathogenic species, some containing resistance mechanisms that have been characterized.
- the compounds of the invention can be useful in the prevention or treatment of a variety of human or other animal, including mammalian and non mammalian, disorders, including for example, bacterial infection, fungal infections, viral infections, parasitic diseases, and cancer. It is contemplated that, once identified, the active molecules of the invention can be incorporated into any suitable carrier prior to use.
- the dose of active molecule, mode of administration and use of suitable carrier will depend upon the intended recipient and target organism.
- the formulations, both for veterinary and for human medical use, of compounds according to the present invention typically include such compounds in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the carrier(s) should be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulations and not deleterious to the recipient.
- compositions are intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, anti-bacterial and anti-fungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration.
- the use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated.
- Supplementary active compounds (identified or designed according to the invention and/or known in the art) also can be incorporated into the compositions.
- the formulations can conveniently be presented in dosage unit form and can be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy/microbiology. In general, some formulations are prepared by bringing the compound into association with a liquid carrier or a finely divided solid carrier or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation.
- a pharmaceutical composition of the invention should be formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration.
- routes of administration include oral or parenteral, for example, intravenous, intradermal, inhalation, transdermal (topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration.
- Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following
- a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents
- antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens
- antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite
- chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
- buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide.
- Useful solutions for oral or parenteral administration can be prepared by any of the methods well known in the pharmaceutical art, described, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, (Gennaro, A., ed.), Mack Pub., (1990).
- Formulations for parenteral administration can also include glycocholate for buccal administration, methoxysalicylate for rectal administration, or citric acid for vaginal administration.
- the parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
- Suppositories for rectal administration also can be prepared by mixing the drug with a non-irritating excipient such as cocoa butter, other glycerides, or other compositions which are solid at room temperature and liquid at body
- Formulations also can include, for example, polyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol, oils of vegetable origin, and hydrogenated naphthalenes.
- Formulations for direct administration can include glycerol and other compositions of high viscosity.
- Other potentially useful parenteral carriers for these drugs include ethylene- vinyl acetate copolymer particles, osmotic pumps, implantable infusion systems, and liposomes.
- Formulations for inhalation administration can contain as excipients, for example, lactose, or can be aqueous solutions containing, for example, polyoxyethylene-9- lauryl ether, glycocholate and deoxycholate, or oily solutions for administration in the form of nasal drops, or as a gel to be applied intranasally. Retention enemas also can be used for rectal delivery.
- Formulations of the present invention suitable for oral administration can be in the form of: discrete units such as capsules, gelatin capsules, sachets, tablets, troches, or lozenges, each containing a predetermined amount of the drug; a powder or granular composition; a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or non-aqueous liquid; or an oil-in-water emulsion or a water-in-oil emulsion.
- the drug can also be administered in the form of a bolus, electuary or paste.
- a tablet can be made by compressing or moulding the drug optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
- Compressed tablets can be prepared by compressing, in a suitable machine, the drug in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed by a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, surface active or dispersing agent.
- Moulded tablets can be made by moulding, in a suitable machine, a mixture of the powdered drug and suitable carrier moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
- Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier.
- the active compound can be incorporated with excipients.
- Oral compositions prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash include the compound in the fluid carrier and are applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed.
- Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition.
- the tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose; a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
- a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin
- an excipient such as starch or lactose
- a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch
- a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes
- a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide
- compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion.
- suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor ELTM (BASF, Parsippany, NJ) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). It should be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and should be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
- the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol), and suitable mixtures thereof.
- the proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
- isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, or sodium chloride in the composition.
- Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
- Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filter sterilization.
- dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
- methods of preparation include vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
- Formulations suitable for intra-articular administration can be in the form of a sterile aqueous preparation of the drug that can be in microcrystalline form, for example, in the form of an aqueous microcrystalline suspension.
- Liposomal formulations or biodegradable polymer systems can also be used to present the drug for both intra-articular and ophthalmic administration.
- Formulations suitable for topical administration include liquid or semi-liquid preparations such as liniments, lotions, gels, applicants, oil-in-water or water-in-oil emulsions such as creams, ointments or pastes; or solutions or suspensions such as drops.
- Formulations for topical administration to the skin surface can be prepared by dispersing the drug with a dermatologically acceptable carrier such as a lotion, cream, ointment or soap.
- a dermatologically acceptable carrier such as a lotion, cream, ointment or soap.
- Particularly useful are carriers capable of forming a film or layer over the skin to localize application and inhibit removal.
- the agent can be dispersed in a liquid tissue adhesive or other substance known to enhance adsorption to a tissue surface.
- tissue-coating solutions such as pectin-containing formulations can be used.
- inhalation of powder (self-propelling or spray formulations) dispensed with a spray can a nebulizer, or an atomizer can be used.
- Such formulations can be in the form of a fine powder for pulmonary administration from a powder inhalation device or self-propelling powder-dispensing formulations.
- self-propelling solution and spray formulations the effect can be achieved either by choice of a valve having the desired spray characteristics (i.e., being capable of producing a spray having the desired particle size) or by incorporating the active ingredient as a suspended powder in controlled particle size.
- the compounds also can be delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
- Systemic administration also can be by transmucosal or transdermal means.
- penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation.
- penetrants generally are known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents and bile salts.
- Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories.
- the active compounds typically are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.
- the active compounds can be prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
- a controlled release formulation including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
- Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
- Liposomal suspensions can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811.
- Oral or parenteral compositions can be formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage.
- Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
- the specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals.
- administration can be by periodic injections of a bolus, or can be made more continuous by intravenous, intramuscular or intraperitoneal administration from an external reservoir (e.g., an intravenous bag).
- the composition can include the drug dispersed in a fibrinogen-thrombin composition or other bioadhesive.
- the compound then can be painted, sprayed or otherwise applied to the desired tissue surface.
- the drugs can be formulated for parenteral or oral administration to humans or other mammals, for example, in therapeutically effective amounts, e.g., amounts that provide appropriate concentrations of the drug to target tissue for a time sufficient to induce the desired effect.
- the active compound can be used as part of a transplant procedure, it can be provided to the living tissue or organ to be transplanted prior to removal of tissue or organ from the donor.
- the compound can be provided to the donor host.
- the organ or living tissue can be placed in a preservation solution containing the active compound.
- the active compound can be administered directly to the desired tissue, as by injection to the tissue, or it can be provided systemically, either by oral or parenteral administration, using any of the methods and formulations described herein and/or known in the art.
- the drug comprises part of a tissue or organ preservation solution
- any commercially available preservation solution can be used to advantage.
- useful solutions known in the art include Collins solution, Wisconsin solution, Belzer solution, Eurocollins solution and lactated Ringer's solution.
- the compounds of the present invention can be administered directly to a tissue locus by applying the compound to a medical device that is placed in contact with the tissue.
- a medical device is a stent, which contains or is coated with one or more of the compounds of the present invention.
- an active compound can be applied to a stent at the site of vascular injury.
- Stents can be prepared by any of the methods well known in the pharmaceutical art. See, e.g., Fattori, R. and Piva, T.,“Drug Eluting Stents in Vascular Intervention,” Lancet, 2003, 361, 247-249; Morice, M. C.,“A New Era in the Treatment of Coronary Disease?” European Heart Journal, 2003, 24, 209-211; and Toutouzas, K. et al., “Sirolimus-Eluting Stents: A Review of Experimental and Clinical Findings,” Z. Kardiol., 2002, 91(3), 49-57.
- the stent can be fabricated from stainless steel or another bio- compatible metal, or it can be made of a bio-compatible polymer.
- the active compound can be linked to the stent surface, embedded and released from polymer materials coated on the stent, or surrounded by and released through a carrier which coats or spans the stent.
- the stent can be used to administer single or multiple active compounds to tissues adjacent to the stent.
- Active compound as identified or designed by the methods described herein can be administered to individuals to treat disorders (prophylactically or therapeutically).
- pharmacogenomics i.e., the study of the relationship between an individual's genotype and that individual's response to a foreign compound or drug
- Differences in metabolism of therapeutics can lead to severe toxicity or therapeutic failure by altering the relation between dose and blood
- a physician or clinician can consider applying knowledge obtained in relevant pharmacogenomics studies in determining whether to administer a drug as well as tailoring the dosage and/or therapeutic regimen of treatment with the drug.
- the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions thereof will be administered orally, parenterally and/or topically at a dosage to obtain and maintain a concentration, that is, an amount, or blood-level or tissue level of active component in the animal undergoing treatment which will be anti-microbially effective.
- a concentration that is, an amount, or blood-level or tissue level of active component in the animal undergoing treatment which will be anti-microbially effective.
- an effective amount of dosage of active component will be in the range of from about 0.1 to about 100, more preferably from about 1.0 to about 50 mg/kg of body weight/day. The amount
- the initial dosage administered can be increased beyond the above upper level in order to rapidly achieve the desired blood-level or tissue level, or the initial dosage can be smaller than the optimum and the daily dosage can be progressively increased during the course of treatment depending on the particular situation. If desired, the daily dose can also be divided into multiple doses for administration, for example, two to four times per day.
- Various disease states or conditions in humans and other mammals are found to be caused by or mediated by nonsense or missense mutations. These mutations cause or mediate the disease state or condition by adversely affecting, for example, protein synthesis, folding, trafficking and/or function.
- Examples of disease states or conditions in which an appreciable percentage of the disease or condition is believed to result from nonsense or missense mutations include hemophilia (factor VIII gene), neurofibromatosis (NF1 and NF2 genes), retinitis pigmentosa (human USH2A gene), bullous skin diseases like Epidermolysis bullosa pruriginosa (COL7A1 gene), cystic fibrosis (cystic fibrosis transmembrane regulator gene), breast and ovarian cancer (BRCA1 and BRCA2 genes), Duchenne muscular dystrophy (dystrophin gene), colon cancer (mismatch repair genes, predominantly in MLH1 and MSH2), and lysosomal storage disorders such as Neimann- Pick disease (acid sphingomyelinase gene).
- hemophilia factor VIII gene
- NF1 and NF2 genes neurofibromatosis
- retinitis pigmentosa human USH2A gene
- bullous skin diseases like Epi
- the compounds of the present invention can be used to treat or prevent a disease state in a mammal caused or mediated by such nonsense or missense mutations by administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of the present invention to suppress the nonsense or missense mutation involved in the disease state.
- Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectra were obtained on a Bruker Avance 300 or Avance 500 spectrometer, or in some cases a GE-Nicolet 300 spectrometer.
- ⁇ M micromolar
- i-Pr2NEt diisopropylethylamine
- CD3OD deuterated methanol
- TBS t-butyldimethylsilyl
- TBSCl t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride
- TFA trifluoroacetic acid
- TBDPSCl t-butyldiphenylchlorosilane Hunig’s
- Base N,N-diisopropylethylamine
- DMAP 4-dimethylaminopyridine
- CuI copper (I) iodide
- Na2SO4 sodium sulfate
- NaHCO3 sodium bicarbonate
- MgSO4 magnesium sulfate
- K2CO3 potassium carbonate
- SiO2 silica
- Pd(dppf)Cl2 dichloro[1,1’-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] palladium (II)
- Exemplary compounds which can be synthesized in accordance with the invention are listed above. A bolded or dashed bond is shown to indicate a particular
- the compounds of the present invention can be prepared, formulated, and delivered as pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, and prodrugs. For convenience, the compounds are generally shown without indicating a particular salt, ester, or prodrug form. Compounds in which, for example, the–OCH 3 substituent is replaced with– OCH2F or–SCH3 can also be prepared and are contemplated as within the scope of the present invention.
- “A” is as defined in Table 1 below. Note that the fragments for“A” are drawn such that the fragment is bonded to the phenyl ring in the structure below via the bond on the left. For example, the first fragment,
- Compounds of the present invention can be made, for example, via a cycloaddition reaction of an alkynyl macrolide with an azide compound. In this cycloaddition reaction, the triazole functional group of the resulting compound is formed. Other compounds of the present invention are made by further chemically modifying the resulting compound from the cycloaddition reaction.
- the cycloaddition reaction is generally run in the presence of a copper (I) salt such as copper iodide (CuI).
- a base can also be optionally used, such as Hunig’s base (N,N- diisopropylethylamine).
- Hunig’s base N,N- diisopropylethylamine
- the time required for the reaction to proceed to completion is variable and is dependent upon several factors including: the specific alkynyl macrolide and azide compounds and their concentrations; the amount of Cu(I) salt used; and the presence or absence of base, such as Hunig’s Base( N,N-diisopropylethylamine). Reactions are monitored for the disappearance of the starting materials by TLC and/or LCMS and are typically allowed to run for between about 2 hours to about 72 hours. Reactions are generally stopped when analysis demonstrates that the starting alkynyl macrolide has been substantially consumed. The workup and purification protocols are standard.
- Modifications to the described workup procedures can be used. Such modifications can include the use of different aqueous wash solutions, different organic solvents for extraction, the use of other anhydrous salts for the drying of organic extracts, and the employment of different solvent mixtures for the chromatographic purification of the compounds.
- the methods used for the workup of the reaction mixtures, the extraction of products, the drying of organic extracts, and for the isolation and purification of the title compounds are typical of procedures familiar to those trained in the art of organic synthesis.
- the isolated chemical yields for the synthesis of compounds can be variable and are indicated in Table 2.
- Most compounds of the present invention can be prepared from the desired alkynyl macrolide and azide compound under one of several similar reaction conditions as exemplified by Conditions A, B, C, and D below.
- Condition A which do not include the step of degassing the reaction mixture, tend to result in the formation of iodinated side-products in addition to the desired product and thereby generally produced lower isolated yields. Additionally, reduction of the amount of copper iodide used in the reaction to 0.5 molar equivalents or less as in conditions B and D also tends to result in reduced formation of iodinated by-products. As demonstrated in Condition D, the presence of Hunig’s base is not essential for the success of the triazole formation step; however, it is found preferable that the base be included since it often results in a higher rate of reaction and correspondingly shorter reaction times. Condition A:
- These compounds are generally prepared from the cycloaddition reaction of the desired alkynyl macrolide and the nitro phenyl azide compound to form the resulting nitro phenyl macrolide compound. This nitro phenyl macrolide compound is then further transformed to yield the desired compound. The azide group is then reacted with an appropriately functionalized alkyne in a second cycloaddition reaction to form the desired compound.
- Table 2 lists azide compounds that can be used in the synthesis of the compounds of the present invention.
- alkynyl macrolide compounds are separately shown below in Table 3.
- Compounds can be prepared via a common nitro phenyl azide intermediate, X.
- the nitro group is further transformed after the cycloaddition reaction to produce the final desired product.
- T he alkynyl macrolide compounds that can be used in the synthesis of the compounds of the present invention are shown in the following Table 3. It is appreciated by one of skill in the art that these alkynyl macrolide compounds, M1 to M28, are non- limiting examples and that a wide variety of additional alkynyl macrolides can be used to prepare other compounds of the present invention.
- the alkynyl macrolide compounds are generally made by the alkynylation (i.e. the addition of an alkynyl group) to a monomethyl amine macrolide compound.
- the monomethyl amine macrolide is generally made by the desmethylation of the corresponding macrolide compound.
- the desmethylation process can involve several steps, including various protection and deprotection steps.
- the desmethyl macrolide compound is alkynylated with the corresponding alkynyl compound, which is generally an alkynyl halide, tosylate, or mesylate.
- Alkynyl macrolide M1 is made by selective demethylation of azithromycin 1 to produce 3’-N-desmethylazithromycin 2. This compound 2 is selectively alkylated with alkynyl tosylate 11 to produce alkynyl macrolide M1.
- Azithromycin 1 (0.80 g, 1.02 mmol) and sodium acetate (NaOAc) (0.712 g, 8.06 mmol) were dissolved in 80% aqueous MeOH (25 mL). The solution was heated to 50 o C followed by addition of iodine (I 2 ) (0.272 g, 1.07 mmol) in three batches within 3 minutes. The reaction was maintained at a pH between 8 and 9 by adding 1N sodium hydroxide (NaOH) (1 mL) at 10 min and 45 minute intervals. The solution turned colorless within 45 minutes. Stirring was continued for 2 hours.
- I 2 iodine
- Alkynyl macrolide M14 is made using a procedure analogous to that for making M3, starting from erythromycin A.
- the 3’-N-desmethyl-erythromycin A intermediate is made using a procedure described in U.S. Patent No.3,725,385, to Freiberg, issued April 3, 1973.
- Alkynyl macrolide M14 can further be used to prepare a variety of macrolides analogous to those already depicted for the clarithromycin core.
- alkynyl macrolide M14 (0.35 g, 32%).
- alkynyl macrolides M4, M9, M10, M11 and M12 are depicted in the scheme below.
- Alkynyl macrolide M9 is prepared from the removal of the cladinose sugar of alkynyl macrolide M3 under acidic conditions.
- Alkynyl macrolide M10 is made by the acetylation of macrolide M9.
- Macrolide M4 is made by the oxidation of the hydroxyl group of macrolide M10.
- Alkynyl macrolides M11 and M12 are made by converting a keto group of alkynyl macrolide M4 to the desired oximes.
- the oxime functionality of alkynyl macrolides of precursors with substituted oxime functionality at the 9- osition of the macroc tract rin were re ared from alk ne M3 and as shown below.
- Alkynyl macrolide M12 was synthesized from alkynyl macrolide M4 and (R)-N- Pyrollidin-3-yl-hydroxylamine hydrobromide using the conditions described above for the synthesis of alkynyl macrolide M11. Data for M12: MS (ESI) m/e 710.6 (M+H) + . Synthesis of Alkynyl Macrolides M13, M16, M17, and M18
- Alkynyl macrolides M13, M16, and M17 are also synthesized from alkynyl macrolide M4.
- Alkynyl macrolide M18 is synthesized from alkynyl macrolide M17.
- the syntheses are outlined in the following reaction scheme.
- Alkynyl macrolide M13 was synthesized from alkynyl macrolide M4 and N-[2- dimethtylaminoethyl]-hydroxylamine hydrobromide using the conditions described above for the synthesis of oxime M11. Data for M13: MS (ESI) m/e 726.5 (M+H) + . Synthesis of alkynyl macrolide M16
- Alkynyl macrolide M16 was synthesized from alkyne M4 and N-Piperidin-4-yl- hydroxylamine hydrobromide using the conditions described above for the synthesis of oxime M11. Data for M16: MS (ESI) m/e 724.6 (M+H) + . Synthesis of alkynyl macrolide M17
- Alkynyl macrolide M17 was synthesized from alkyne M4 and cis-4- aminocylcohexyl-hydroxylamine hydrobromide using the conditions described above for the synthesis of oxime M11. Data for M17: MS (ESI) m/e 738.7 (M+H) + . Synthesis of alkynyl macrolide M18
- alkynyl macrolide M17 (20 mg, 0.02 mmol) in CHCl3 (0.2 mL) was added formaldehyde (5 mg of 37% aqueous solution, 0.06 mmol) and formic acid (6 mg, 0.12 mmol). The mixture was heated at 50 o C in a sealed tube for 12h. The reaction mixture was partitioned between aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL) and chloroform (10 mL) the organic fraction was dried on K 2 CO 3 , filtered and concentrated to give alkynyl macrolide M18 as a white solid (18 mg). Data for M18: MS (ESI) m/e 766.7 (M+H) + . Synthesis of Alkynyl Macrolide M15
- Telithromycin was selectively N-demethylated and then alkylated with the tosylate of 1-butyn-4-ol as described for azithromycin, erythromycin and clarithromycin above. Synthesis of 3’-N-Desmethyl telithromycin 30
- telithromycin 29 (3.0 g, 3.60 mmol) in anhydrous acetonitrile (70 mL) was added N-iodosuccinimide (NIS) (0.98 g, 4.32 mmol) in two portions within 30 min at 0 o C under argon atmosphere. The mixture was allowed to warm to rt and stirred overnight. CH2Cl2 (250 mL) and 5 % Na2S2O3 (80 mL) were added and the two layers separated. The organic layer was extracted with 5 % Na2S2O3 (1 X 80 mL), dilute NH4Cl (1 X 80 mL) and dried over Na 2 SO 4 .
- NMS N-iodosuccinimide
- Protocol A A mixture of amine 30 (0.66 g, 0.83 mmol) and tosylate 11 (0.33 g, 1.49 mmol) in THF (15 mL) and Hunig’s base (3 mL) was heated at 90 o C for 5 days. The solvent was evaporated; the residue was dissolved in 1N HCl (50 mL) and kept stirring at room temperature for about 1h. CH2Cl2 (30 mL) was added and the two layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 (2 X 30 mL) and basified with NaOH (1N) to form a whitish-suspension.
- Protocol B A mixture of amine 30 (0.66 g, 0.83 mmol), and tosylate 11 (0.40 g, 1.84 mmol) in acetonitrile (10 mL) and Hunig’s base (0.18 mL, 1.0 mmol) was microwave heated to 90 o C within 10 min and maintained at 90 o C for 1.5h. The reaction was vented within 15 min and solvent was evaporated. The residue was dissolved in 1N HCl (60 mL) and kept stirring at room temperature for about 2h. CH 2 Cl 2 (30 mL) was added and the two layers were separated.
- Desmethyl telithromycin 30 was treated according to the procedures of US Patent No.6,124,269 to afford the 2-fluoro amine 30a. This was then alkylated with the tosylate of 1-butyn-4-ol under the conditions for making M15 to afford the fluorinated alkynyl macrolide M19. The reactions are outlined in the followin scheme.
- Alkynyl macrolides M21, M22, and M23 are prepared according to the following reaction scheme from alkynyl macrolide M20.
- Alkynyl macrolide M20 is in turn made from alk n l macrolide M14.
- alkynyl macrolide M20 (2.00g, 2.54mmol) in THF (17mL) at 0oC was added Et3N (1.50mL, 10.67mmol), followed by addition of acetic anhydride (946 ⁇ L, 9.91mmol), then, DMAP (34mg, 0.25mmol). The mixture was stirred at 0oC for 3h, then, Et3N (150 ⁇ L, 1.07mmol) and acetic anhydride (95 ⁇ L, 0.99mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred for 3h, then, MeOH (2.0ml) was added.
- Alkynyl macrolide M22 (330mg, 0.34mmol) in MeOH (6mL), was refluxed for 5 days. The residue was isolated by FC (CH2Cl2 to 2% MeOH in CH2Cl2 containing 0.2% NH4OH), gave 143mg of alkynyl macrolide M23 in 50% yield.
- Alkynyl macrolide M27 is made from alkynyl macrolide M23 by reduction of the oxime to the imine followed by acetylation of the compound, which is then oxidized to give the bridged ketone. The cladinose sugar is then hydrolyzed by treatment with dilute hydrochloric acid. Synthesis of Alkynyl Macrolide M28
- Alkynyl macrolide M28 is made by refluxing alkynyl macrolide M27 with the following hydroxyl amine compound in methanol.
- Alkynyl macrolides M6, M7, and M8 are made from M26 (using a procedure analogous to that for making M2, in which the hydrazine is replaced with methyl amine, ammonium hydroxide, and ethanol amine respectively.
- the organic azide compounds used in the synthesis of the compounds of the present invention are generally prepared from the iodo compound 2 or the boronic acid ester compound 3.
- the iodo or boronic acid functional groups provide a means for preparing a wide range of compounds using methods available to one skilled in the art.
- the iodo compound 2 is prepared according to the following scheme from commercially available (1R,2R)-(-)-2-amino-1-(4-nitrophenyl)-1,3-propanediol.
- the boronic acid ester compound 3 is prepared from the iodo compound 2.
- R a , R b , R c , and R d represent various alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, and substituted aryl groups.
- compounds can be prepared from the cycloaddition reaction of the desired alkynyl macrolide and nitro phenyl azide to form a resulting nitro phenyl macrolide compound.
- This nitro phenyl macrolide is then further converted to an azide group, via reduction to an amine.
- the azide is a common intermediate which is then reacted with an appropriately functionalized alkyne in a second cycloaddition reaction to form the desired compound.
- Table 4 shows representative alkynes used in the preparation of compounds.
- TMS-acetylene can be used as the alkyne and the TMS group is then subsequently removed under standard conditions. Table 4.
- compound C1 can be prepared via the cycloaddition between alkynyl macrolide M11 and azide A1 as shown below:
- Example 2 Susceptibility testing for bacteria (MIC) and Panel of Organisms
- Antibacterial activity (MIC, in ⁇ g/mL) of compounds is determined using a microtiter-based liquid assay as described in by the Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (see: CLSI, Performance standards for antimicrobial susceptibility testing; sixteenth information supplement, in Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute. 2006, Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute, 940 West Valley Road, Suite 1400, Wayne, PA 19087-1898).
- Table 2-1 summarizes the antibacterial activity (MIC, in ⁇ g/mL) of azithromycin, telithromycin, solithromycin, Compound 1, Compound 3, and Compound 4.
- Rat Pharmacokinetics Jugular-cannulated Sprague-Dawley ® rats were used, with 4 rats for each dosing regimen and 9 timepoints ranging from pre-dose to 24 hours. Dosage was set at 4 mg/Kg and 20 mg/Kg for intravenous and oral administration, respectively. Dosing was based on the free molecular weight of each compound. Blood (0.3 mL per timepoint) was sampled from the right jugular vein and added to lithium heparincoated microcentrifuge tubes. Samples were kept on-ice until centrifugation (within 30 minutes of sampling).
- mice Male, 25-30 g were used, with 3 mice per timepoint and 8 timepoints between dose and 6 hours. Dosage was set at 5 mg/Kg and 25 mg/Kg for intravenous and oral adminstration, respectively. Dosing was based on the free molecular weight of each compound. Blood was collected via terminal cardiac puncture. Blood samples were kept in heparinized tubes on ice, centrifuged and separated within 30 minutes. Plasma samples were saved at -20 o C until analysis. Preparation of Plasma samples: Plasma samples (100 ⁇ L) were spiked with an internal standard solution before acetonitrile was added to precipitate protein.
- LC-MS analysis After centrifugation, a portion of the supernatant (200 ⁇ L) was transferred to a 96-well plate for LC-MS analysis.
- the linear range for the quantitation method covered 20-10000 ng/mL.
- Micromass Quattro Micro a triple quadrupole mass spectrometer, was used in MRM mode with ESI for MS analysis.
- the LC system was a Waters Alliance HT 2795 with a reversed phase C18 (2.1 ⁇ 50 mm, 5 ⁇ M) column at room temperature.
- Rat oral pharmacokinetic data for azithromycin, telithromycin, clarithromycin, and C2 are shown in Table 4-1.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Communicable Diseases (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Oncology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides triazole macrocyclic compounds useful as therapeutic agents. More particularly, these compounds are useful as anti-infective, anti-proliferative, anti-inflammatory, and prokinetic agents.
Description
TRIAZOLE COMPOUNDS AND
METHODS OF MAKING AND USING THE SAME PRIORITY CLAIM
This application claims the benefit of US Provisional Application No.64/485,909, filed on April 15, 2017, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates generally to the field of anti-infective, anti- proliferative, anti-inflammatory, and prokinetic agents. More particularly, the invention relates to a family of triazole macrocyclic compounds that are useful as such agents. BACKGROUND
Since the discovery of penicillin in the 1920s and streptomycin in the 1940s, many new compounds have been discovered or specifically designed for use as antibiotic agents. It was once believed that infectious diseases could be completely controlled or eradicated with the use of such therapeutic agents. However, such beliefs have been shaken because strains of cells or microorganisms resistant to currently effective therapeutic agents continue to evolve. In fact, virtually every antibiotic agent developed for clinical use has ultimately encountered problems with the emergence of resistant bacteria. For example, resistant strains of Gram-positive bacteria such as methicillin-resistant staphylococci, penicillin-resistant streptococci, and vancomycin-resistant enterococci have developed. These resistant bacteria can cause serious and even fatal results for patients infected with such resistant bacteria. Bacteria that are resistant to macrolide antibiotics have emerged. Also, resistant strains of Gram-negative bacteria such as H. influenzae and M. catarrhalis have been identified. See, e.g., F.D. Lowry,“Antimicrobial Resistance: The Example of Staphylococcus aureus,” J. Clin. Invest., vol.111, no.9, pp.1265-1273 (2003); and Gold, H.S. and Moellering, R.C., Jr.,“Antimicrobial-Drug Resistance,” N. Engl. J. Med., vol. 335, pp.1445-53 (1996).
The problem of resistance is not limited to the area of anti-infective agents.
Resistance has also been encountered with anti-proliferative agents used in cancer chemotherapy. Therefore, the need exists for new anti-infective and anti-proliferative agents that are both effective against resistant bacteria and resistant strains of cancer cells.
Despite the problem of increasing antibiotic resistance, no new major classes of antibiotics have been developed for clinical use since the approval in the United States in 2000 of the oxazolidinone ring-containing antibiotic, linezolid, which is sold under the trade name Zyvox®. See, R.C. Moellering, Jr.,“Linezolid: The First Oxazolidinone Antimicrobial,” Annals of Internal Medicine, vol.138, no.2, pp.135-142 (2003).
Linezolid was approved for use as an anti-bacterial agent active against Gram-positive organisms. However, linezolid-resistant strains of organisms are already being reported. See, Tsiodras et al., Lancet, vol.358, p.207 (2001); Gonzales et al., Lancet, vol 357, p. 1179 (2001); Zurenko et al., Proceedings Of The 39th Annual Interscience Conference On Antibacterial Agents And Chemotherapy (ICAAC), San Francisco, CA, USA (September 26-29, 1999).
Another class of antibiotics is the macrolides, so named for their characteristic 14- to 16-membered ring. The macrolides also often have one or more 6-membered sugar- derived rings attached to the main macrolide ring. The first macrolide antibiotic to be developed was erythromycin, which was isolated from a soil sample from the Philippines in 1952. Even though erythromycin has been one of the most widely prescribed antibiotics, its disadvantages are relatively low bioavailability, gastrointestinal side effects, and a limited spectrum of activity. Another macrolide is the compound, azithromycin, which is an azolide derivative of erythromycin incorporating a methyl-substituted nitrogen in the macrolide ring. Azithromycin is sold under the trade name Zithromax®. A more recently introduced macrolide is telithromycin, which is sold under the trade name Ketek®. Telithromycin is a semisynthetic macrolide in which a hydroxyl group of the macrolide ring has been oxidized to a ketone group. See Yong-Ji Wu, Highlights of Semi-synthetic Developments from Erythromycin A, Current Pharm. Design, vol.6, pp.181-223 (2000), and Yong-Ji Wu and Wei-uo Su, Recent Developments on Ketolides and Macrolides, Curr. Med. Chem., vol.8, no.14, pp.1727-1758 (2001).
In the search for new therapeutic agents, researchers have tried combining or linking various portions of antibiotic molecules to create multifunctional or hybrid compounds Other researches have tried making macrolide derivatives by adding further substituents to the large macrolide ring or associated sugar rings. However, this approach for making macrolide derivatives has also met with limited success.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, there is an ongoing need for new anti-infective and anti-proliferative agents. Furthermore, because many anti-infective and anti-proliferative
agents have utility as anti-inflammatory agents and prokinetic agents, there is also an ongoing need for new compounds useful as anti-inflammatory and prokinetic agents. The present invention provides compounds that meet these needs. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The invention provides compounds useful as anti-infective agents and/or anti- proliferative agents, for example, anti-biotic agents, anti-microbial agents, anti-bacterial agents, anti-fungal agents, anti-parasitic agents, anti-viral agents, and chemotherapeutic agents. The present invention also provides compounds useful as anti-inflammatory agents, and/or prokinetic (gastrointestinal modulatory) agents. The present invention also provides pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, N-oxides, or prodrugs thereof.
The present invention provides compounds having the structure:
or a stereoisomer, pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof. In the formula, variables A,T, X, R1, R2, R3 , R11, and n can be selected from the respective groups of chemical moieties later defined in the detailed description. In addition, the invention provides methods of synthesizing the foregoing compounds. Following synthesis, a therapeutically effective amount of one or more of the compounds can be formulated with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier for administration to a mammal, particularly humans, for use as an anti-cancer, anti-biotic, anti-microbial, anti-bacterial, anti-fungal, anti-parasitic or anti-viral agent, or to treat a proliferative disease, an inflammatory disease or a gastrointestinal motility disorder, or to suppress disease states or conditions caused or mediated by nonsense or missense mutations. Accordingly, the compounds or the formulations can be administered, for example, via oral, parenteral, or topical routes, to provide an effective amount of the compound to the mammal.
The foregoing and other aspects and embodiments of the invention can be more fully understood by reference to the following detailed description and claims. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The present invention provides a family of compounds that can be used as anti- proliferative agents and/or anti-infective agents. The compounds can be used without limitation, for example, as anti-cancer, anti-microbial, anti-bacterial, anti-fungal, anti- parasitic and/or anti-viral agents. Further, the present invention provides a family of compounds that can be used without limitation as anti-inflammatory agents, for example, for use in treating chronic inflammatory airway diseases, and/or as prokinetic agents, for example, for use in treating gastrointestinal motility disorders such as gastroesophageal reflux disease, gastroparesis (diabetic and post surgical), irritable bowel syndrome, and constipation. Further, the compounds can be used to treat or prevent a disease state in a mammal caused or mediated by a nonsense or missense mutation.
The compounds described herein can have asymmetric centers. Compounds of the present invention containing an asymmetrically substituted atom can be isolated in optically active or racemic forms. It is well known in the art how to prepare optically active forms, such as by resolution of racemic forms or by synthesis from optically active starting materials. Many geometric isomers of olefins, C=N double bonds, and the like can also be present in the compounds described herein, and all such stable isomers are contemplated in the present invention. Cis and trans geometric isomers of the compounds of the present invention are described and can be isolated as a mixture of isomers or as separate isomeric forms. All chiral, diastereomeric, racemic, and geometric isomeric forms of a structure are intended, unless specific stereochemistry or isomeric form is specifically indicated. All processes used to prepare compounds of the present invention and intermediates made therein are considered to be part of the present invention. All tautomers of shown or described compounds are also considered to be part of the present invention. 1. Definitions
The term“substituted,” as used herein, means that any one or more hydrogens on the designated atom is replaced with a selection from the indicated group, provided that the designated atom's normal valency is not exceeded, and that the substitution results in a stable compound. When a substituent is keto (i.e., =O), then 2 hydrogens on the atom are
replaced. Ring double bonds, as used herein, are double bonds that are formed between two adjacent ring atoms (e.g., C=C, C=N, or N=N).
The present invention is intended to include all isotopes of atoms occurring in the present compounds. Isotopes include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers. By way of general example and without limitation, isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium. Isotopes of carbon include C-13 and C-14.
When any variable (e.g., R3) occurs more than one time in any constituent or formula for a compound, its definition at each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence. Thus, for example, if a group is shown to be substituted with one or more R3 moieties, then the group can optionally be substituted with one, two, three, four, five, or more R3 moieties, and R3 at each occurrence is selected independently from the definition of R3. Also, combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible, but only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
A chemical structure showing a dotted line representation for a chemical bond indicates that the bond is optionally present. For example, a dotted line drawn next to a solid single bond indicates that the bond can be either a single bond or a double bond.
When a bond to a substituent is shown to cross a bond connecting two atoms in a ring, then such substituent can be bonded to any atom on the ring. When a substituent is listed without indicating the atom via which such substituent is bonded to the rest of the compound of a given formula, then such substituent can be bonded via any atom in such substituent. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible, but only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
In cases wherein there are nitrogens in the compounds of the present invention, these can be converted to N-oxides by treatment with an oxidizing agent (e.g., MCPBA and/or hydrogen peroxides) to afford other compounds of the present invention. Thus, all shown and claimed nitrogens are considered to cover both the shown nitrogen and its N- oxide (N ^O) derivative.
As used herein, the term“anomeric carbon” means the acetal carbon of a glycoside. As used herein, the term“glycoside” is a cyclic acetal.
As used herein, "alkyl" is intended to include both branched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms. C1-6 alkyl is intended to include C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, and C6 alkyl groups. C1-8 alkyl is intended to include C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, C7, and C8 alkyl groups. Examples of alkyl include, but
are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, s-butyl, t-butyl, n-pentyl, s-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, and n-octyl.
As used herein,“alkenyl" is intended to include hydrocarbon chains of either straight or branched configuration and one or more unsaturated carbon-carbon bonds that can occur in any stable point along the chain, such as ethenyl and propenyl. C2-6 alkenyl is intended to include C2, C3, C4, C5, and C6 alkenyl groups. C2-8 alkenyl is intended to include C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, C7, and C8 alkenyl groups.
As used herein, "alkynyl" is intended to include hydrocarbon chains of either straight or branched configuration and one or more triple carbon-carbon bonds that can occur in any stable point along the chain, such as ethynyl and propynyl. C2-6 alkynyl is intended to include C2, C3, C4, C5, and C6 alkynyl groups. C2-8 alkynyl is intended to include C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, C7, and C8 alkynyl groups.
Furthermore,“alkyl”,“alkenyl”, and“alkynyl” are intended to include moieties which are diradicals, i.e., having two points of attachment, an example of which in the present invention is when D is selected from these chemical groups. A nonlimiting example of such an alkyl moiety that is a diradical is–CH2CH2–, i.e., a C2 alkyl group that is covalently bonded via each terminal carbon atom to the remainder of the molecule.
As used herein, the terms used to describe various carbon-containing moieties, including, for example,“alkyl,”“alkenyl,”“alkynyl,”“phenyl,” and any variations thereof, are intended to include univalent, bivalent, or multivalent species. For example,“C1-6 alkyl-R3” is intended to represent a univalent C1-6 alkyl group substituted with a R3 group, and“O-C1-6 alkyl-R3” is intended to represent a bivalent C1-6 alkyl group, i.e., an “alkylene” group, substituted with an oxygen atom and a R3 group.
As used herein, "cycloalkyl" is intended to include saturated ring groups, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, or cyclopentyl. C3-8 cycloalkyl is intended to include C3, C4, C5, C6, C7, and C8 cycloalkyl groups.
As used herein, "halo" or "halogen" refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.
"Counterion" is used to represent a small, negatively charged species such as chloride, bromide, hydroxide, acetate, and sulfate.
As used herein, "haloalkyl" is intended to include both branched and straight-chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having the specified number of carbon atoms, substituted with 1 or more halogen (for example -CvFw where v = 1 to 3 and w = 1 to
(2v+1)). Examples of haloalkyl include, but are not limited to, trifluoromethyl,
trichloromethyl, pentafluoroethyl, and pentachloroethyl.
As used herein,“alkoxy” refers to an alkyl group as defined above with the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an oxygen bridge. C1-6 alkoxy, is intended to include C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, and C6 alkoxy groups. C1-8 alkoxy, is intended to include C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, C7, and C8 alkoxy groups. Examples of alkoxy include, but are not limited to, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, s-butoxy, t-butoxy, n-pentoxy, s-pentoxy, n-heptoxy, and n-octoxy.
As used herein,“alkylthio” refers to an alkyl group as defined above with the indicated number of carbon atoms attached through an sulfur bridge. C1-6 alkylthio, is intended to include C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, and C6 alkylthio groups. C1-8 alkylthio, is intended to include C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6, C7, and C8 alkylthio groups.
As used herein, "carbocycle" or "carbocyclic ring" is intended to mean, unless otherwise specified, any stable 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12-membered monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring, any of which can be saturated, unsaturated (including partially and fully unsaturated), or aromatic, recognizing that rings with certain numbers of members cannot be bicyclic or tricyclic, e.g., a 3-membered ring can only be a monocyclic ring. Examples of such carbocycles include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclobutenyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptenyl, cycloheptyl, cycloheptenyl, adamantyl, cyclooctyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclooctadienyl,
[3.3.0]bicyclooctane, [4.3.0]bicyclononane, [4.4.0]bicyclodecane, [2.2.2]bicyclooctane, fluorenyl, phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, adamantyl, and tetrahydronaphthyl. As shown above, bridged rings are also included in the definition of carbocycle (e.g., [2.2.2]bicyclooctane). A bridged ring occurs when one or more carbon atoms link two non-adjacent carbon atoms. Preferred bridges are one or two carbon atoms. It is noted that a bridge always converts a monocyclic ring into a tricyclic ring. When a ring is bridged, the substituents recited for the ring can also be present on the bridge. Fused (e.g., naphthyl and
tetrahydronaphthyl) and spiro rings are also included.
As used herein, the term "heterocycle" means, unless otherwise stated, a stable 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12-membered monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring (recognizing that rings with certain numbers of members cannot be bicyclic or tricyclic, e.g., a 3- membered ring can only be a monocyclic ring), which is saturated, unsaturated (including partially and fully unsaturated), or aromatic, and consists of carbon atoms and one or more
ring heteroatoms, e.g., 1 or 1-2 or 1-3 or 1-4 or 1-5 or 1-6 heteroatoms, independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and including any bicyclic or tricyclic group in which any of the above-defined heterocyclic rings is fused to a second ring (e.g., a benzene ring). The nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can optionally be oxidized (i.e., N→O and S(O)p, where p = 1 or 2). When a nitrogen atom is included in the ring it is either N or NH, depending on whether or not it is attached to a double bond in the ring (i.e., a hydrogen is present if needed to maintain the tri-valency of the nitrogen atom). The nitrogen atom can be substituted or unsubstituted (i.e., N or NR wherein R is H or another substituent, as defined). The heterocyclic ring can be attached to its pendant group at any heteroatom or carbon atom that results in a stable structure. The heterocyclic rings described herein can be substituted on carbon or on a nitrogen atom if the resulting compound is stable. A nitrogen in the heterocycle can optionally be quaternized. Bridged rings are also included in the definition of heterocycle. A bridged ring occurs when one or more atoms (i.e., C, O, N, or S) link two non-adjacent carbon or nitrogen atoms. Preferred bridges include, but are not limited to, one carbon atom, two carbon atoms, one nitrogen atom, two nitrogen atoms, and a carbon-nitrogen group. It is noted that a bridge always converts a monocyclic ring into a tricyclic ring. When a ring is bridged, the substituents recited for the ring can also be present on the bridge. Spiro and fused rings are also included.
As used herein, the term“aromatic heterocycle” or“heteroaryl” is intended to mean a stable 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, or 12-membered monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic ring (recognizing that rings with certain numbers of members cannot be a bicyclic aromatic, e.g., a 5-membered ring can only be a monocyclic aromatic ring),which consists of carbon atoms and one or more heteroatoms, e.g., 1 or 1-2 or 1-3 or 1-4 or 1-5 or 1-6 heteroatoms, independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In the case of bicyclic heterocyclic aromatic rings, only one of the two rings needs to be aromatic (e.g., 2,3- dihydroindole), though both can be (e.g., quinoline). The second ring can also be fused or bridged as defined above for heterocycles. The nitrogen atom can be substituted or unsubstituted (i.e., N or NR wherein R is H or another substituent, as defined). The nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms can optionally be oxidized (i.e., N→O and S(O)p, where p = 1 or 2). In some compounds, the total number of S and O atoms in the aromatic heterocycle is not more than 1.
Examples of heterocycles include, but are not limited to, acridinyl, azocinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxazolyl,
benzoxazolinyl, benzthiazolyl, benztriazolyl, benztetrazolyl, benzisoxazolyl,
benzisothiazolyl, benzimidazolinyl, carbazolyl, 4aH-carbazolyl, carbolinyl, chromanyl, chromenyl, cinnolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, 2H,6H-1,5,2-dithiazinyl,
dihydrofuro[2,3-b]tetrahydrofuran, furanyl, furazanyl, imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolyl, 1H-indazolyl, indolenyl, indolinyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, 3H-indolyl, isatinoyl, isobenzofuranyl, isochromanyl, isoindazolyl, isoindolinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, methylenedioxyphenyl, morpholinyl, naphthyridinyl,
octahydroisoquinolinyl, oxadiazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl, 1,2,5- oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, oxazolidinyl, oxazolyl, oxindolyl, pyrimidinyl,
phenanthridinyl, phenanthrolinyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phenoxathinyl,
phenoxazinyl, phthalazinyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, piperidonyl, 4-piperidonyl, piperonyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridooxazole, pyridoimidazole, pyridothiazole, pyridinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, 2H-pyrrolyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, 4H-quinolizinyl, quinoxalinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl,
tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrazolyl, 6H-1,2,5-thiadiazinyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4- thiadiazolyl, 1,2,5-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, thianthrenyl, thiazolyl, thienyl, thienothiazolyl, thienooxazolyl, thienoimidazolyl, thiophenyl, triazinyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,5-triazolyl, 1,3,4-triazolyl, and xanthenyl.
As used herein, the phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable" refers to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
As used herein, "pharmaceutically acceptable salts" refer to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the parent compound is modified by making acid or base salts thereof. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts or the quaternary ammonium salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. For example, such conventional non-toxic salts include, but are not limited to, those derived from inorganic and organic acids selected from 2-acetoxybenzoic, 2-hydroxyethane sulfonic, acetic, ascorbic, benzene sulfonic, benzoic, bicarbonic, carbonic, citric, edetic,
ethane disulfonic, ethane sulfonic, fumaric, glucoheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, glycollyarsanilic, hexylresorcinic, hydrabamic, hydrobromic, hydrochloric, hydroiodide, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthoic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauryl sulfonic, maleic, malic, mandelic, methane sulfonic, napsylic, nitric, oxalic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phosphoric, polygalacturonic, propionic, salicylic, stearic, subacetic, succinic, sulfamic, sulfanilic, sulfuric, tannic, tartaric, and toluene sulfonic.
The pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present invention can be synthesized from the parent compound that contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, non-aqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, USA, p.1445 (1990).
Since prodrugs are known to enhance numerous desirable qualities of
pharmaceuticals (e.g., solubility, bioavailability, manufacturing, etc.) the compounds of the present invention can be delivered in prodrug form. Thus, the present invention is intended to cover prodrugs of the presently claimed compounds, methods of delivering the same and compositions containing the same. "Prodrugs" are intended to include any covalently bonded carriers that release an active parent drug of the present invention in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a mammalian subject. Prodrugs the present invention are prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compound. Prodrugs include compounds of the present invention wherein a hydroxy, amino, or sulfhydryl group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug of the present invention is administered to a mammalian subject, it cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, free amino, or free sulfhydryl group, respectively. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate, and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups in the compounds of the present invention.
"Stable compound" and "stable structure" are meant to indicate a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
As used herein,“treating” or“treatment” means the treatment of a disease-state in a mammal, particularly in a human, and include: (a) preventing the disease-state from
occurring in a mammal, in particular, when such mammal is predisposed to the disease- state but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; (b) inhibiting the disease-state, i.e., arresting its development; and/or (c) relieving the disease-state, i.e., causing regression of the disease state.
As used herein,“mammal” refers to human and non-human patients.
As used herein, the term "therapeutically effective amount" refers to a compound, or a combination of compounds, of the present invention present in or on a recipient in an amount sufficient to elicit biological activity, for example, anti-microbial activity, anti- fungal activity, anti-viral activity, anti-parasitic activity, and/or anti-proliferative activity. The combination of compounds is preferably a synergistic combination. Synergy, as described, for example, by Chou and Talalay, Adv. Enzyme Regul. vol.22, pp.27-55 (1984), occurs when the effect of the compounds when administered in combination is greater than the additive effect of the compounds when administered alone as a single agent. In general, a synergistic effect is most clearly demonstrated at sub-optimal concentrations of the compounds. Synergy can be in terms of lower cytotoxicity, increased anti-proliferative and/or anti-infective effect, or some other beneficial effect of the combination compared with the individual components.
All percentages and ratios used herein, unless otherwise indicated, are by weight. Throughout the description, where compositions are described as having, including, or comprising specific components, or where processes are described as having, including, or comprising specific process steps, it is contemplated that compositions of the present invention also consist essentially of, or consist of, the recited components, and that the processes of the present invention also consist essentially of, or consist of, the recited processing steps. Further, it should be understood that the order of steps or order for performing certain actions are immaterial so long as the invention remains operable.
Moreover, two or more steps or actions can be conducted simultaneously. 2. Compounds of the Invention
The invention provides a compound having the structure of Formula I:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof,
wherein
A is selected from (a) a C1-6 alkyl group, (b) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (c) a
C2-6 alkynyl group, (d) a C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (e) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms, (f) H, (g) -OH (h)–SH, (i) F, (j) Cl, (k) Br, (l) I, (m)– CF3, (n)–CN, (o)–N3 (p)–NO2, (q)–NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (r)–OR9, (s)–S(CR6R6)tR9, (t)– S(O)(CR6R6)tR9 ,(u)–S(O)2 (CR6R6) t R9 (v)–C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (w)–OC(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (x)–OC(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (y)–SC(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (z)–C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (aa)–
NR6C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (bb)–C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (cc)–C(=NR6)(CR6R6)tR9, (dd)– C(=NNR6R6)(CR6R6)tR9, (ee)–C[=NNR6C(O)R6](CR6R6)tR9, (ff)–
NR6C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (gg)–OC(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (hh)–NR6C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (ii)–NR6S(O)p(CR6R6)tR9, (jj)–S(O)pNR6(CR6R6)tR9, (kk)–NR6R6, (ll)–
NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (mm)–SR6, (nn)–S(O)R6, (oo)–S(O)2R6, (pp)–NR6C(O)R6, (qq)– Si(R13)3, and (rr)–C(=O)H;
wherein (a)-(e) optionally are substituted with one or more R14 groups;
X is selected from–OR15 and–SR15,
R1 and R3 independently are selected from: (a) H, (b) a
C1-6 alkyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (d) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (e)–C(O)R5,
(f)–C(O)OR5, (g)–C(O)–NR4R4, (h)–C(S)R5, (i)–C(S)OR5, (j)–C(O)SR5, or (k)–C(S)- NR4R4;
alternatively R1 and R3 are taken together with the oxygen to which R1 is attached, the nitrogen to which R3 is attached and the two intervening carbons to form a 5 or 6 membered ring, said ring being optionally substituted with one or more R5;
R2 is hydrogen or–OR12;
R4, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b) a C1-6 alkyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (d) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (e) a C6-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (f) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (g)–C(O)– C1-6 alkyl, (h)–C(O)–C2-6 alkenyl, (i)–C(O)–C2-6 alkynyl, (j)–C(O)–C6-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (k)–C(O)–3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (l)–C(O)O–C1-6 alkyl, (m)–C(O)O–C2-6 alkenyl, (n)–C(O)O–C2-6 alkynyl, (o)–C(O)O–C6-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, p)– C(O)O–3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and q)–C(O)NR6R6,
wherein any of (b)–(p) optionally is substituted with one or more R5 groups,
alternatively, NR6R6 forms a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring including the nitrogen atom to which the R6 groups are attached, wherein said ring is optionally substituted at a position other than the nitrogen atom to which the R6 groups are attached, with one or more substituents selected from O, S(O)p, N, and NR8;
R5 is selected from:
(a) R7, (b) a C1-8 alkyl group, (c) a C2-8 alkenyl group, (d) a C2-8 alkynyl group, (e) a C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, or two R5 groups, when present on the same carbon atom can be taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a spiro 3- 6 membered carbocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur;
wherein any of (b)–(f) immediately above optionally is substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R6, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b) a C1-6 alkyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (d) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (e) a C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) a 3- 10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
wherein any of (b)–(f) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from:
(aa) a carbonyl group, (bb) a formyl group, (cc) F, (dd) Cl, (ee) Br, (ff) I, (gg) CN, (hh) NO2, (ii)–OR8,
(jj)–S(O)pR8, (kk)–C(O)R8, (ll)–C(O)OR8,
(mm)–OC(O)R8, (nn)–C(O)NR8R8,
(oo)–OC(O)NR8R8, (pp)–C(=NR8)R8,
(qq)–C(R8)(R8)OR8, (rr)–C(R8)2OC(O)R8,
(ss)–C(R8)(OR8)(CH2)rNR8R8, (tt)–NR8R8,
(uu)–NR8OR8, (vv)–NR8C(O)R8,
(ww)–NR8C(O)OR8, (xx)–NR8C(O)NR8R8,
(yy)–NR8S(O)rR8, (zz)–C(OR8)(OR8)R8,
(ab)–C(R8)2NR8R8, (ac) =NR8,
(ad)–C(S)NR8R8, (ae)–NR8C(S)R8,
(af)–OC(S)NR8R8, (ag)–NR8C(S)OR8,
(ah)–NR8C(S)NR8R8, (ai)–SC(O)R8,
(aj) a C1-8 alkyl group, (ak) a C2-8 alkenyl group, (al) a C2-8 alkynyl group, (am) a C1-8 alkoxy group, (an) a C1-8 alkylthio group, (ao) a C1-8 acyl group, (ap)–CF3,
(aq)–SCF3 , (ar) a C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (as) a 3-10 membered saturated,
unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, alternatively, NR6R6 forms a 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring including the nitrogen atom to which the R6 groups are attached wherein said ring is optionally substituted at a position other than the nitrogen atom to which the R6 groups are bonded, with one or more moieties selected from O, S(O)p, N, and NR8;
alternatively, CR6R6 forms a carbonyl group;
R7, at each occurrence, is selected from:
(a) H, (b) =O, (c) =S, (d) F, (e) Cl, (f) Br, (g) I, (h)–CF3,
(i)–CN, (j)–N3 (k)–NO2, (l)–NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (m)–OR9, (n)–
S(O)pC(R6R6) t R9, (o)–C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (p)–OC(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (q)– SC(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (r)–C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (s)–NR6C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (t)– C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (u)–C(=NR6)(CR6R6)tR9, (v)–
C(=NNR6R6)(CR6R6)tR9, (w)–C(=NNR6C(O)R6)(CR6R6)tR9, (x)– C(=NOR9)(CR6R6)tR9, (y)–NR6C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (z)–
OC(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (aa)–NR6C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (bb)–
NR6S(O)p(CR6R6)tR9, (cc)–S(O)pNR6(CR6R6)tR9, (dd)–
NR6S(O)pNR6(CR6R6)tR9, (ee)–NR6R6, (ff)–NR6(CR6R6), (gg)–OH, (hh) –NR6R6, (ii)–OCH3, (jj)–S(O)pR6, (kk)–NC(O)R6, (ll) a C1-6 alkyl group, (mm) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (nn) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (oo)–C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (pp) 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
wherein any of (ll)–(pp) optionally is substituted with one or more R9 groups;
alternatively, two R7 groups can form–O(CH2)uO–;
R8 is selected from:
(a) H, (b) a C1-6 alkyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (d) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (e) a C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (f) a 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (g)–C(O)– C1-6 alkyl, (h)–C(O)–C1-6 alkenyl, (i)–C(O)–C1-6 alkynyl, (j)–C(O)–C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (k)–C(O)–3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
wherein any of (c)–(k) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from : (aa) H, (bb) F, (cc) Cl, (dd) Br, (ee) I, (ff) CN, (gg) NO2, (hh) OH, (ii) NH2, (jj) NH(C1-6 alkyl), (kk)
N(C1-6 alkyl)2, (ll) a C1-6 alkoxy group, (mm) an aryl group, (nn) a substituted aryl group, (oo) a heteroaryl group, (pp) a substituted
heteroaryl group, and qq) a C1-6 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more moieties selected from an aryl group, a substituted aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a substituted heteroaryl group, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO2, CF3, SCF3, and OH;
R9, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) R10, (b) a C1-6 alkyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (d) a C2-6 alkynyl group, e) a C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and f) a 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein any of (b)–(f) optionally is substituted with one or more R10 groups;
R10, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b) =O, (c) F, (d) Cl, (e) Br, (f) I, (g)–CF3, (h)–CN, (i)–NO2, (j)– NR6R6, (k)–OR6, (l)–S(O)pR6, (m)–C(O)R6, (n)–C(O)OR6, (o)– OC(O)R6, (p) NR6C(O)R6, (q)–C(O)NR6R6, (r)–C(=NR6)R6, (s)– NR6C(O)NR6R6, (t)–NR6S(O)pR6, (u)–S(O)pNR6R6, (v)–
NR6S(O)pNR6R6, (w) a C1-6 alkyl group, (x) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (y) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (z) a C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (aa) a 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
wherein any of (w)–(aa) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from R6, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO2,–OR6,–NH2,– NH(C1-6 alkyl),–N(C1-6 alkyl)2, a C1-6 alkoxy group, a C1-6 alkylthio group, and a C1-6 acyl group;
R11 at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e) I, (f) CN, (g) NO2, (h) OR8, (i)–S(O)pR8, (j) –C(O)R8, (k)–C(O)OR8, (l)–OC(O)R8, (m)–C(O)NR8R8, (n)–
OC(O)NR8R8,
(o)–C(=NR8)R8, (p)–C(R8)(R8)OR8, (q)–C(R8)2OC(O)R8,
(r)–C(R8)(OR8)(CH2)rNR8R8, (s)–NR8R8, (t)–NR8OR8,
(u)–NR8C(O)R8, (v)–NR8C(O)OR8, (w)–NR8C(O)NR8R8, (x)–
NR8S(O)pR8, (y)–C(OR8)(OR8)R8, (z)–C(R8)2NR8R8, (aa)–C(S)NR8R8,
(bb)–NR8C(S)R8, (cc)–OC(S)NR8R8, (dd)–NR8C(S)OR8, (ee)–
NR8C(S)NR8R8, (ff)–SC(O)R8, (gg) -N3, (hh)–Si(R13)3, (ii) a C1-8 alkyl group, (jj) a C2-8 alkenyl group, (kk) a C2-8 alkynyl group, (ll) a C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (mm) a 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein (ii)-(mm) optionally are substituted with one or more R5 groups;
R12 is selected from:
(a) H, (b) a C1-6 alkyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (d) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (e)–C(O)R5, (f)–C(O)OR5, (g)–C(O)–NR4R4R4R4, (h)–C(S)R5, (i) –C(S)OR5, (j)–C(O)SR5, (k)–C(S)-NR4R4R4R4, (l) a C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, or (m) a 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (n) a–(C1-6 alkyl)–C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, or (o) a–(C1-6 alkyl)-3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
wherein (a)–(d) and (l)–(o) optionally are substituted with one or more R5 groups;
each R13 is independently selected from (a) -C1-6 alkyl and (b)–O-(C1-6 alkyl); R14 at each occurrence is independently selected from:
(a) H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e) I, (f) CN, (g) NO2, (h) OR8, (i)–S(O)pR8, (j) –C(O)R8, (k)–C(O)OR8, (l)–OC(O)R8, (m)–C(O)NR8R8, (n)–
OC(O)NR8R8,
(o)–C(=NR8)R8, (p)–C(R8)(R8)OR8, (q)–C(R8)2OC(O)R8,
(r)–C(R8)(OR8)(CH2)rNR8R8, (s)–NR8R8, (t)–NR8OR8,
(u)–NR8C(O)R8, (v)–NR8C(O)OR8, (w)–NR8C(O)NR8R8, (x)–
NR8S(O)pR8, (y)–C(OR8)(OR8)R8, (z)–C(R8)2NR8R8, (aa)–C(S)NR8R8, (bb)–NR8C(S)R8, (cc)–OC(S)NR8R8, (dd)–NR8C(S)OR8, (ee)–
NR8C(S)NR8R8, (ff)–SC(O)R8, (gg) -N3, (hh)–Si(R13)3, (ii) a C1-8 alkyl group, (jj) a C2-8 alkenyl group, (kk) a C2-8 alkynyl group, (ll) a C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (mm) a 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more
heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein (ii)-(mm) optionally are substituted with one or more R5 groups;
alternatively two R14 groups are taken together to form (a) =O, (b) =S, (c) =NR8, (e) =NOR8;
R15 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with from 1 to 13 fluorine atoms;
n at each occurrence is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
p at each occurrence is 0, 1, or 2;
r at each occurrence is 0, 1, or 2;
t at each occurrence is 0, 1, or 2;
and u at each occurrence is 1, 2, 3, or 4;
T is
wherein:
M is–C(=NOR127)–;
R100 is selected from (a) H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e)–SR114, and (f) C1-6 alkyl, wherein (f) optionally is substituted with one or more R115 groups;
R101 is selected from:
(a) H, (b) Cl, (c) F, (d) Br, (e) I, (f)–NR114R114, (g)–NR114C(O)R114, (h)– OR114,
(i)–OC(O)R114, (j)–OC(O)OR114, (k)–OC(O)NR114R114, (l)–O–C1-6 alkyl, (m)–OC(O)–C1-6 alkyl, (n)–OC(O)O–C1-6 alkyl, (o)–OC(O)NR114–C1- 6 alkyl,
(p) C1-6 alkyl, (q) C1-6 alkenyl, and (r) C1-6 alkynyl,
wherein any of (l)– (r) optionally is substituted with one or more R115 groups;
R102 is H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e)–SR114, (f) C1-6 alkyl, wherein (f) optionally is substituted with one or more R115 groups;
R103 is selected from:
(a) H, (b)–OR114, (c)–O–C1-6 alkyl–R115, (d)–OC((O)R114,
(e)–OC(O)–C1-6 alkyl–R115, (f)–OC(O)OR114, (g)–OC(O)O–C1-6 alkyl– R115,
(h)–OC(O)NR114R114, (i)–OC(O)NR114–C1-6 alkyl–R115, and
alternatively, R102 and R103 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form (a) a carbonyl group or (b) a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring which can optionally be substituted with one or more R114 groups;
alternatively, R101 and R103 taken together are a single bond between the respective carbons to which these two groups are attached thereby creating a double bond between the carbons to which R100 and R102 are attached;
alternatively, R101 and R103 taken together with the carbons to which they are attached form a 3-membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring which can optionally be substituted with one or more R114 groups ;
R104 is selected from:
(a) H, (b) R114, (c)–C(O)R114(d)–C(O)OR114 (e)–C(O)NR114R114, (f)–C1-6 alkyl–K–R114, (g)–C2-6 alkenyl–K–R114, and (h)–C2-6 alkynyl–K–R114; K is selected from:
(a)–C(O)–, (b)–C(O)O–, (c)–C(O)NR114–, (d)–C(=NR114)–, (e)– C(=NR114)O–,
(f)–C(=NR114)NR114–, (g)–OC(O)–, (h)–OC(O)O–, (i)–OC(O)NR114–, (j)–NR114C(O)–, (k)–NR114C(O)O–, (l)–NR114C(O)NR114–,
(m)–NR114C(=NR114)NR114–, and (o)–S(O)p–;
alternatively R103 and R104, taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form:
wherein R135 and R136 are selected from (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-6 alkyl, (c) C2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2-6 alkynyl, (d) C3-14 saturated, unsaturated or aromatic carbocycle, (e) 3-l4 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur atoms, (f) F, (g) Br, (h) I, (i) OH, (j)–N3, wherein (b) through (e) are optionally substituted with one or more R117; or alternatively, R135 and R136 are taken together to form =O, =S and =NR114, =NOR114, =NR114, and =N-NR114,R114 ],
wherein V is selected from(a)–(C4-alkyl)-, (b)-(C4-alkenyl)-, (c) O, (d) S, and (e) NR114, wherein (a) and (b) are optionally further substituted with one or more R117;
R105 is selected from:
(a) R114, (b)–OR114, (c)–NR114R114, (d)–O–C1-6 alkyl–R115, (e)–C(O)– R114,
(f)–C(O)–C1-6 alkyl–R115, (g)–OC(O)–R114, (h)–OC(O)–C1-6 alkyl–R115, (i)–OC(O)O–R114, (j)–OC(O)O–C1-6 alkyl–R115, (k)–OC(O)NR114R114, (l)–OC(O)NR114–C1-6 alkyl–R115, (m)–C(O)–C2-6 alkenyl–R115, and (n)–C(O)–C2-6 alkynyl–R115;
wherein
Q is CH or N, and R126 is–OR114,–NR114 or R114;
alternatively, R104 and R105, taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form:
wherein
i) R101 is as defined above;
ii) alternately, R101 and R109 can be taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a carbonyl group; iii) alternately, R101 and R109 can be taken together to form the group–O(CR116R116)uO–;
alternatively, R104 and R105, taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form:
wherein in the preceding structure the dotted line indicates an optional double bond i) R130 is–OH, =C(O), or R114,
ii) R131 is–OH, =C(O), or R114,
iii) alternately, R130 and R131 together with the carbons to which they are attached form a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring which can optionally be substituted with one or more R114 groups;
iv) alternatively, R130 and the carbon to which it is attached or R131 and the carbon to which it is attached are each independently–C(=O)-,
alternatively, R105, R132 and M, taken together with the atoms to which they are attached, form:
R106 is selected from:
(a)–OR114, (b)–C1-6 alkoxy–R115, (c)–C(O)R114, (d)–OC(O)R114, (e)– OC(O)OR114, (f)–OC(O)NR114R114, and (g)–NR114R114,
alternatively, R105 and R106 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 5-membered ring by attachment to each other through a chemical moiety selected from:
(a)–OC(R115)2O–, (b)–OC(O)O–, (c)–OC(O)NR114–, (d)–NR114C(O)O–, (e)–OC(O)NOR114–, (f)–NOR114–C(O)O–, (g)–OC(O)NNR114R114–, (h)–NNR114R114–C(O)O–, (i)–OC(O)C(R115)2–, (j)–C(R115)2C(O)O–, (k) –OC(S)O–, (l)–OC((S)NR114–, (m)–NR114C(S)O–, (n)–OC(S)NOR114–, (o)–NOR114–C(S)O–, (p)–OC(S)NNR114R114–, (q)–NNR114R114–C(S)O–, (r)–OC(S)C(R115)2–, and (s)–C(R115)2C(S)O–;
wherein J1 and J2 are selected from hydrogen, Cl, F, Br, I, OH, -C1-6 alkyl, and -O(C1- 6alkyl) or are taken together to form =O, =S and =NR114, =NOR114, =NR114, and =N-NR114,R114;
alternatively, M and R104 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form:
wherein U is selected from(a)–(C4-alkyl)- and (b)-(C4-alkenyl)-, wherein (a) and (b) are optionally further substituted with one or more R117;
alternatively, M and R105 are taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form:
R107 is selected from
(a) H, (b)–C1-4 alkyl, (c)–C2-4 alkenyl, which can be further substituted with C1-12 alkyl or one or more halogens, (d)–C2-4 alkynyl, which can be further substituted with C1-12 alkyl or one or more halogens, (e) aryl or heteroaryl, which can be further substituted with C1-12 alkyl or one or more halogens, (f)–C(O)H, (g)–COOH, (h)–CN, (i)–COOR114, (j) - C(O)NR114R114, (k)–C(O)R114, and (l)–C(O)SR114, wherein (b) is further substituted with one or more substituents selected from (aa)–OR114, (bb) halogen, (cc)–SR114, (dd) C1-12 alkyl, which can be further substituted with halogen, hydroxyl, C1-6 alkoxy, or amino, (ee)–OR114, (ff)–SR114, (gg)– NR114R114, (hh)–CN, (ii)-NO2, (jj)–NC(O)R114, (kk)–COOR114, (ll)–N3, (mm) =N-O-R114, (nn) =NR114, (oo) =N-NR114R114, (pp) =N-NH-C(O)R114, and (qq) =N-NH-C(O)NR114R114;
alternatively R106 and R107 are taken together with the atom to which they are attached to form an epoxide, a carbonyl, an olefin, or a substituted olefin, or a C3-C7 carbocyclic, carbonate, or carbamate, wherein the nitrogen of said carbamate can be further substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl;
R108 is selected from:
(a) C1-6 alkyl, (b) C2-6 alkenyl, and (c) C2-6 alkynyl,
wherein any of (a)–(c) optionally is substituted with one or more R114 groups;
R111 is selected from H and–C(O)R114;
R112 is selected from H, OH, and OR114;
R113 is selected from:
(a) H, (b) R114, (c)–C1-6 alkyl–K–R114, (d)–C2-6 alkenyl–K–R114, and (e)–C2-6 alkynyl–K–R114,
wherein any of (c)-(e) optionally is substituted with one or more R115 groups;
R114, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b) C1-6 alkyl, (c) C2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2-6 alkynyl, (e) C6-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (f) 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (g)–C(O)–C1-6 alkyl, (h)– C(O)–C2-6 alkenyl, (i)–C(O)–C2-6 alkynyl, (j)–C(O)–C6-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (k)–C(O)–3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (l)–C(O)O–C1-6 alkyl, (m)– C(O)O–C2-6 alkenyl, (n)–C(O)O–C2-6 alkynyl, (o)–C(O)O–C6-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (p)–C(O)O–3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (q)–C(O)NR116R116, (r)– NR116CO-C2-6 alkyl, (s)–NR116CO-C6-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (t)–NR116C(O)-3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur
wherein any of (b)–(t) optionally is substituted with one or more R115 groups, wherein one or more non-terminal carbon moieties of any of (b)–(d) optionally is replaced with oxygen, S(O)p, or–NR116 , alternatively, NR114R114 forms a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring including the nitrogen atom to which the R114 groups are bonded and optionally one or more moieties selected from O, S(O)p, N, and NR118;
R115 is selected from:
(a) R117, (b) C1-8 alkyl, (c) C2-8 alkenyl, (d) C2-8 alkynyl, (e) C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (f) 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
wherein any of (b)–(f) optionally is substituted with one or more R117 groups;
R116, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b) C1-6 alkyl, (c) C2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2-6 alkynyl, (e) C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
wherein one or more non-terminal carbon moieties of any of (b)–(d) optionally is replaced with oxygen, S(O)p, or–NR114 , wherein any of (b)– (f) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from:
(aa) carbonyl, (bb) formyl, (cc) F, (dd) Cl, (ee) Br, (ff) I, (gg) CN, (hh) N3, (ii)NO2, (jj) OR118, (kk)–S(O)pR118, (ll)– C(O)R118, (mm)–C(O)OR118, (nn)–OC(O)R118, (oo)– C(O)NR118R118, (pp)–OC(O)NR118R118, (qq)–
C(=NR118)R118, (rr)–C(R118)(R118)OR118, (ss)–
C(R118)2OC(O)R118, (tt)–C(R118)(OR118)(CH2)rNR118R118, (uu)–NR118R118; (vv)–NR118OR118, (ww)–NR118C(O)R118, (xx)–NR118C(O)OR118, (yy)–NR118C(O)NR118R118, (zz)– NR118S(O)rR118, (ab)–C(OR118)(OR118)R118, (ac)–
C(R118)2NR118R118, (ad) =NR118, (ae)–C(S)NR118R118, (af)– NR118C(S)R118, (ag)–OC(S)NR118R118, (ah)–
NR118C(S)OR118, (ai)–NR118C(S)NR118R118, (aj)–
SC(O)R118, (ak) C1-8 alkyl, (al) C2-8 alkenyl, (am)
C2-8 alkynyl, (an) C1-8 alkoxy, (ao) C1-8 alkylthio, (ap) C1-8 acyl, (aq) saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic C3-10 carbocycle, and (ar) saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic 3-10 membered heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
alternatively, NR116R116 forms a 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring including the nitrogen atom to which the R116 groups are attached and optionally one or more moieties selected from O, S(O)p, N, and NR118;
alternatively, CR116R116 forms a carbonyl group;
R117, at each occurrence, is selected from:
(a) H, (b) =O, (c) F, (d) Cl, (e) Br, (f) I, (g) (CR116R116)rCF3, (h)
(CR116R116)rCN, (i) (CR116R116)rNO2,
(j) (CR116R116)rNR116(CR116R116)tR119, (k) (CR116R116)rOR119,
(l) (CR116R116)rS(O)p(CR116R116)tR119, (m) (CR116R116)rC(O)(
CR116R116)tR119, (n) (CR116R116)rOC(O)( CR116R116)tR119,
(o) (CR116R116)rSC(O)( CR116R116)tR119,
(p) (CR116R116)rC(O)O(CR116R116)tR119, (q) (CR116R116)rNR116C(O)( CR116R116)tR119, (r) (CR116R116)rC(O)NR116(CR116R116)tR119, (s)
(CR116R116)rC(=NR116)( CR116R116)tR119,
(t) (CR116R116)rC(=NNR116R116)(CR116R116)tR119,
(u) (CR116R116)rC(=NNR116C(O)R116)( CR116R116)tR119,
(v) (CR116R116)rC(=NOR119)( CR116R116)tR119,
(w) (CR116R116)rNR116C(O)O(CR116R116)tR119,
(x) (CR116R116)rOC(O)NR116(CR116R116)tR119,
(y) (CR116R116)rNR116C(O)NR116(CR116R116)tR119,
(z) (CR116R116)rNR116S(O)p(CR116R116)tR119,
(aa) (CR116R116)rS(O)pNR116(CR116R116)tR119,
(bb) (CR116R116)rNR116S(O)pNR116(CR116R116)tR119,
(cc) (CR116R116)rNR116R116, (dd) C1-6 alkyl, (ee) C2-6 alkenyl,
(ff) C2-6 alkynyl, (gg) (CR116R116)r–C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (hh) (CR116R116)r–3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
wherein any of (dd)–(hh) optionally is substituted with one or more R119 groups;
alternatively, two R117 groups can form–O(CH2)uO–;
R118 is selected from:
(a) H, (b) C1-6 alkyl, (c) C2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2-6 alkynyl, (e) C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (f) 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (g)–C(O)–C1-6 alkyl, (h)– C(O)–C1-6 alkenyl, (g)–C(O)–C1-6 alkynyl, (i)–C(O)–C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (j)–C(O)–3-10 membered
saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
wherein any of (b)–(j) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from : (aa) H, (bb) F, (cc) Cl, (dd) Br, (ee) I, (ff) CN, (gg) NO2, (hh) OH, (ii) NH2, (jj) NH(C1-6 alky(l), (kk)
N(C1-6 alky(l)2, (ll) C1-6 alkoxy, (mm) aryl, (nn) substituted aryl, (oo) heteroaryl, (pp) substituted heteroaryl, and (qq) C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more moieties selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO2, and OH;
R119, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) R120, (b) C 1-6 alkyl, (c) C 2-6 alkenyl, (d) C 2-6 alkynyl, (e) C 3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
wherein any of (b)–(f) optionally is substituted with one or more R119 groups;
R120, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b) =O, (c) F, (d) Cl, (e) Br, (f) I, (g) (CR116R116)rCF3, (h)
(CR116R116)rCN, (i) (CR116R116)rNO2, (j) (CR116R116) r NR116R116, (k) (CR116R116)rOR114, (l) (CR116R116)rS(O)pR116, (m) (CR116R116)rC(O)R116, (n) (CR116R116)rC(O)OR116, (o) (CR116R116)rOC(O)R116, (p)
(CR116R116)rNR116C(O)R116, (q) (CR116R116)rC(O)NR116R116, (r)
(CR116R116)rC(=NR116)R116, (s) (CR116R116)rNR116C(O)NR116R116,
(t) (CR116R116)rNR116S(O)pR116, (u) (CR116R116)rS(O)pNR116R116, (v) (CR116R116)rNR116S(O)pNR116R116, (w) C1-6 alkyl, (x) C2-6 alkenyl, (y) C2-6 alkynyl, (z) (CR116R116)r–C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (aa) (CR116R116)r–3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
wherein any of (w)–(aa) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from R116, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO2,–OR116,–NH2,–
NH(C1-6 alkyl),–N(C1-6 alkyl)2, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, and C1-6 acyl;
R121, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b)–OR118, (c)–O–C1-6 alkyl–OC(O)R118, (d)–O–C1-6 alkyl– OC(O)OR118, (e)–O–C1-6 alkyl–OC(O)NR118R118, (f)–O–C1-6 alkyl– C(O)NR118R118, (g)–O–C1-6 alkyl–NR118C(O)R118, (h)–O–C1-6 alkyl– NR118C(O)OR118, (i)–O–C1-6 alkyl–NR118C(O)NR118R118, (j)–O–
C1-6 alkyl–NR118C(=N(H)NR118R118, (k)–O–C1-6 alkyl–S(O)pR118, (l)–O– C2-6 alkenyl–OC(O)R118, (m)–O–C2-6 alkenyl–OC(O)OR118, (n)–O–C2-6 alkenyl–OC(O)NR118R118, (o)–O–C2-6 alkenyl–C(O)NR118R118, (p)–O– C2-6 alkenyl–NR118C(O)R118, (q)–O–C2-6 alkenyl–NR118C(O)OR118, (r)– O–C2-6 alkenyl–NR118C(O)NR118R118, (s)–O–C2-6 alkenyl–
NR118C(=N(H)NR118R118, (t)–O–C2-6 alkenyl–S(O)pR118,
(u)–O–C2-6 alkynyl–OC(O)R118, (v)–O–C2-6 alkynyl–OC(O)OR118, (w)–O–C2-6 alkynyl–OC(O)NR118R118, (x)–O–C2-6 alkynyl–
C(O)NR118R118, (y)–O–C2-6 alkynyl–NR118C(O)R118, (z)–O–C2-6 alkynyl– NR118C(O)OR118, (aa)–O–C2-6 alkynyl–NR118C(O)NR118R118,
(bb)–O–C2-6 alkynyl–NR118C(=N(H)NR118R118, (cc)–O–C2-6 alkynyl– S(O)pR118; and (dd)–NR118R118;
alternatively, two R121 groups taken together form =O, =NOR118, or =NNR118R118; R122 is R115;
R123 is selected from:
(a) R116, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e) I, (f) CN, (g) NO2, and (h)–OR114;
alternatively, R122 and R123 taken together are–O(CH2)uO–;
R124, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e) I, (f) CN, (g)–OR114, (h)–NO2, (i)– NR114R114, (j) C1-6 alkyl, (k) C1-6 acyl, and (l) C1-6 alkoxy;
R125 is selected from:
(a) C1-6 alkyl, (b) C2-6 alkenyl, (c) C2-6 alkynyl, (d) C1-6 acyl, (e) C1-6 alkoxy, (f) C1-6 alkylthio, (g) saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic
C5-10 carbocycle, (h) saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic 5-10 membered heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (i)–O–C1-6 alkyl-saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic
5-10 membered heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (j)–NR114-C1-6 alkyl-saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic 5-10 membered heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (k) saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic 10-membered bicyclic ring system optionally containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (l) saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic 13-membered tricyclic ring system optionally containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (m)–OR114,
(n)–NR114R114, (o)–S(O)pR114, and (p)–R124,
wherein any of (a)-(l) optionally is substituted with one or more R115 groups;
alternatively, R125 and one R124 group, taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form a 5-7 membered saturated or unsaturated carbocycle, optionally substituted with one or more R115 groups; or a 5-7 membered saturated or unsaturated heterocycle containing one or more atoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and optionally substituted with one or more R115 groups;
R126 at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) hydrogen, (b) an electron-withdrawing group, (c) aryl, (d) substituted aryl, (e) heteroaryl, (f) substituted heteroaryl, and (g) C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more R115 groups;
alternatively, any R126 and any R123, taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form a 5-7 membered saturated or unsaturated carbocycle, optionally substituted with one or more R115 groups; or a 5-7 membered saturated or unsaturated heterocycle containing one or more atoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and optionally substituted with one or more R115 groups;
R109 is H or F;
R127 is R114, a monosaccharide or disaccharide (including amino sugars and halo sugar(s),–(CH2)n-(O-CH2CH2-)m-O(CH2)pCH3 or–(CH2)n-(O-CH2CH2-)m-OH R128 is R114;
R129 is R114;
R110 is R114.
Alternately, R128 and R129 together with the carbons to which they are attached form a 3-6 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring which can optionally be substituted with one or more R114 groups;
R132 , R133, and R134 are each independently selected from (a) H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e)–OR114, (f)–SR114, (g)–NR114R114, and (h) C1-6 alkyl, wherein (h) optionally is substituted with one or more R115 groups;
alternatively, R132 and R133 are taken together to form a carbon-carbon double; alternatively, R133 and R134 are taken together to form =O, =S, =NOR114, =NR114, and =N-NR114,R114;
alternatively, R105 and R134 are taken together with the carbons to which they are attached to form a 3-membered ring, said ring optionally containing an oxygen or nitrogen atom, and said ring being optionally substituted with one or more R114 groups;
alternatively when M is a carbon moiety, R134 and M are taken together to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
k, at each occurrence is 0, 1, or 2;
m, at each occurrence is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
n, at each occurrence is 1, 2, or 3.
In certain embodiments, the compound is other than:
.
In some embodiments, the compound is not a compound disclosed in PCT application No. WO2008/143730, PCT application No. WO2008/106226, PCT application No. WO2008/106224, PCT application No. WO2008/143729, PCT application No.
WO2008/106204, or PCT application No. WO2008/106225.
In some embodiments, the compound is not a compound disclosed in PCT application No. WO2008/143730 or PCT application No. WO2008/106226.
In further embodiments of the present invention, n is 1 or 2.
In further embodiments of the present invention, n is 1.
In further embodiments of the present invention, R11 is F.
In further embodiments of the present invention, n is 0.
In further embodiments of the present invention, X is -OR15.
In further embodiments of the present invention, X is–SR15.
In further embodiments of the present invention, R15 is C1-3 alkyl, optionally substituted with from 1 to 7 fluorines.
In further embodiments of the present invention, R15 is C1-2 alkyl, optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 fluorines.
In further embodiments of the present invention, R15 is–CH3.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is selected from (a) a C1-6 alkyl group, (b) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (d) a C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (e) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms, (f)–CF3, (g)– NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (h)–OR9, (i)–S(CR6R6)tR9, (j)–S(O)(CR6R6)tR9 ,(k)–S(O)2 (CR6R6) t R9 (l)–C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (m)–OC(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (n) OC(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (o)–
SC(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (p)–C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (q)–NR6C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (r)–
C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (s)–C(=NR6)(CR6R6)tR9, (t)–C(=NNR6R6)(CR6R6)tR9, (u)– C[=NNR6C(O)R6](CR6R6)tR9, (v)–NR6C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (w)–OC(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (x)–NR6C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (y)–NR6S(O)p(CR6R6)tR9, (z)–S(O)pNR6(CR6R6)tR9, (aa)–NR6R6, (bb)–NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (cc)–SR6, (dd)–S(O)R6, (ee)–S(O)2R6, and (ff)– NR6C(O)R6; wherein (a)-(e) optionally are substituted with one or more R14 groups;
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is selected from (a) a C1-6 alkyl group, (b) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (d) a C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (e) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms; wherein (a)-(e) optionally are substituted with one or more R14 groups.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is selected (a)–
NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (b)–OR9, (c)–S(CR6R6)tR9, (d)–S(O)(CR6R6)tR9 ,(e)–S(O)2 (CR6R6) t R9 (f)–C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (g)–OC(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (h)–OC(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (i)–
SC(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (j)–C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (k)–NR6C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (l)–
C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (m)–C(=NR6)(CR6R6)tR9, (n)–C(=NNR6R6)(CR6R6)tR9, (o)– C[=NNR6C(O)R6](CR6R6)tR9, (p)–NR6C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (q)–OC(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (r)–NR6C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (s)–NR6S(O)p(CR6R6)tR9, (t)–S(O)pNR6(CR6R6)tR9, (u)–NR6R6, (v)–NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (w)–SR6, (x)–S(O)R6, (y)–S(O)2R6, and (z)–
NR6C(O)R6. In further embodiments of the present invention, A is a C1-6 alkyl group, optionally substituted with one or more R14 groups.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is a C2-6 alkenyl group, optionally substituted with one or more R14 groups.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is a C2-6 alkynyl group, optionally substituted with one or more R14 groups.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is a C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, optionally are substituted with one or more R14 groups.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms, optionally substituted with one or more R14 groups. In certain embodiments, A is 5-10 (e.g., 5-6) membered aromatic heterocycle containing one or more nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms, optionally substituted with one or more R14 groups; e.g., 5-10 (e.g., 5-6) membered aromatic heterocycle containing one or more nitrogen atoms, optionally substituted with one or more R14 groups; e.g., pyridyl, e.g., 3-pyridyl.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is H.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–OH.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–SH.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is F.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is Cl.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is Br.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is I.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–CF3.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–CN.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–N3.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–NO2.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–NR6(CR6R6)tR9.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–OR9.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–S(CR6R6)tR9.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–S(O)(CR6R6)tR9.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–S(O)2 (CR6R6) t R9.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–C(O)(CR6R6)tR9.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–OC(O)(CR6R6)tR9.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–OC(O)O(CR6R6)tR9. In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–SC(O)(CR6R6)tR9.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–NR6C(O)(CR6R6)tR9. In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9. In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–C(=NR6)(CR6R6)tR9. In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–C(=NNR6R6)(CR6R6)tR9. In further embodiments of the present invention, A
is -C[=NNR6C(O)R6](CR6R6)tR9.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–NR6C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9. In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–OC(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9. In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–NR6C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9. In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–NR6S(O)p(CR6R6)tR9. In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–S(O)pNR6(CR6R6)tR9. In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–NR6R6.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–NR6(CR6R6)tR9.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–SR6.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–S(O)R6.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–S(O)2R6.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–NR6C(O)R6.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is–Si(R13)3.
In further embodiments of the present invention, A is and–C(=O)H.
In further embodiments of the present invention, R13 is selected from –CH3 and– OCH3.
In further embodiments of the present invention, R13 is–CH3.
In further embodiments of the present invention, R13 is–OCH3.
In further embodiments, the invention provides a compound having the structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R11, R15, n A, and T, are as described herein.
In further embodiments, the invention provides a compound having the structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof,
wherein R1, R2, R3, R11, R15, n, A, and T, are as described herein.
In further embodiments, the invention provides a compound having the structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R11, n A, and T, are as described herein.
In further embodiments of the present invention, T is selected from:
wherein M, R100, R101, R104, R105, R106, R107, R108, R109, R110, and R120 are as described above and where the dotted lines indicate optional double bonds.
In certain embodiments, one of R100 and R101 is C1-6 alkyl (e.g., CH3), and the other is H.
In certain embodiments, R104 is C1-6 alkyl (e.g., CH3).
In certain embodiments, R108 is C1-6 alkyl (e.g., CH2CH3).
In certain of the foregoing embodiments, each of R105 and R106 is an independently selected -OR114 (e.g., each of R105 and R106 is -OH). In other of these embodiments, R105 and R106 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 5-membered ring by attachment to each other through a chemical moiety selected from:
(a)–OC(R115)2O–, (b)–OC(O)O–, (c)–OC(O)NR114–, (d)–NR114C(O)O–,
(e)–OC(O)NOR114–, (f)–NOR114–C(O)O–, (g)–OC(O)NNR114R114–, (h)–NNR114R114–C(O)O–, (i)–OC(O)C(R115)2–, (j)–C(R115)2C(O)O–, (k)– OC(S)O–, (l)–OC((S)NR114–, (m)–NR114C(S)O–, (n)–OC(S)NOR114–, (o)–NOR114– C(S)O–, (p)–OC(S)NNR114R114–, (q)–NNR114R114–C(S)O–, (r)–OC(S)C(R115)2–, and (s)–C(R115)2C(S)O–.
For example, R105 and R106 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 5-membered ring by attachment to each other through a chemical moiety selected from (b)–OC(O)O–, (c)–OC(O)NR114–, and (d)–NR114C(O)O–.
In certain embodiments, R127 is R114, e.g., R114 can be selected from:
(a) H,
(b) C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more R115 groups, wherein one or more non-terminal carbon moieties is replaced with oxygen, S(O)p, or–NR116 (e.g., oxygen); (c) C2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2-6 alkynyl, (e) C6-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle; and
(f) 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, optionally substituted with one or more R115 groups.
wherein M, R100, R101, R102, R104, R109, R114, R126 and R127 are as described above. In further embodiments of the present invention, T is selected from:
In further embodiments of the resent invention T is selected from:
In the present invention, the macrolide,“T” is defined to include various 14- and 15-membered ring systems, which can contain one or more heteroatoms. Also, as defined herein, the macrolide,“T” is connected via a macrocyclic ring carbon atom”, which means that the connection or bond is made to a carbon atom on the 14- or 15-membered ring of the macrolide moiety. The macrolide can include further substituents, including ring substituents. For example, the substituent designated as R103 can in certain embodiments be a sugar moiety, e.g. a cladinose sugar, or the substituents such as R104 and R105 are taken together in certain embodiments to form a bridged bicyclic ring system with the macrolide ring, or the substituents R105 and R106 ,are taken together in certain
embodiments to form a fused bicyclic ring system with the macrolide ring (supra), or the substituents or components M, R105, and R106 are taken together to form a fused tricyclic ring system with the macrolide ring, etc. It is also recognized in the present invention that “T” is depicted as being connected to a 6-membered ring, for example in certain embodiments a desosamine sugar ring.
As is seen from the foregoing, the macrolide component of the compounds of the present invention can comprise a wide range of structures. Examples of such macrolide components and their syntheses are provided in the following documents, all of which are incorporated by reference in their entirety: PCT application No. WO 2005/118610, published December 15, 2005, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; PCT application No. WO 2005/085266, published September 15, 2005, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; PCT application No. WO 2005/049632, published June 2, 2005, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; PCT application No. WO 2005/042554, published May 12, 2005, to Rib-X
Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; PCT application No. WO 2004/078770, published September 16,
2004, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; PCT application No. WO 2004/029066, published April 8, 2004, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc.; U.S. Patent No.; U.S. Patent No.6,992,069, to Gu et al., issued January 31, 2006; U.S. Patent No.6,953,782, to Phan et al., issued October 11, 2005; U.S. Patent No.6,939,861, to Ashley et al., issued September 6, 2005; U.S. Patent No., 6,927,057, to Khosla et al., issued August 9, 2005; U.S. Patent No.
6,794,366, to Chu et al., issued September 21,.2004; U.S. Patent No.6,762,168, to Chu, issued July 13, 2004; U.S. Patent No.6,756,359, to Chu et al, issued June 29, 2994; U.S. Patent No.6,750,205, to Ashley et al, issued June 15, 2004; U.S. Patent No.6,740,642, to Angehrn et al., issued May 25, 2004; U.S. Patent No.6,727,352, to Cheng et al., issued April 27, 2004; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. US 2006/0154881, to Or et al., published July 13, 2006; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. US 2006/0142215, to Tang et al., published June 29, 2006; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. US
2006/0142214, to Or et al, published June 29, 2006; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. US 2006/0122128, to Or et al., published June 8, 2006; U.S Patent Application Publication No. US 2006/0069048, to Or et al. published March 30, 2006; U.S. Patent Application Publication No. US 2005/0272672, to Li et al., published December 8, 2005; U.S. Patent Application Publication No US 2005/0009764, to Burger et al, published January 13, 2005; PCT application No. WO 2006/067589, to Pfizer Products Inc., published June 29, 2006; PCT application No. WO 2004/096823, to Chiron Corporation, published November 11, 2004; PCT application No. WO 2004/096822, to Chiron
Corporation, published November 11, 2004; PCT application No. WO 2004/080391, to Optimer Pharmaceuticals, Inc., published September 23, 2004; PCT application No. WO 2004/078771, to Taisho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., published September 16, 2004; PCT application no. WO 03/061671, to Kosan Biosciences, Inc. published July 31, 2003; and European Patent Document EP 1256587 B1, to the Kitasato Institute, granted March 29, 2006.
In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is a compound selected from Table I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof. For brevity, the structures in Table I depict the geometry of the major oxime isomer. Table I.
In some embodiments, the compound selected from Table I is not a compound disclosed in PCT application No. WO2008/143730, PCT application No.
WO2008/106226, PCT application No. WO2008/106224, PCT application No.
WO2008/143729, PCT application No. WO2008/106204, or PCT application No.
WO2008/106225.
In some embodiments, the compound selected from Table I is not a compound disclosed in PCT application No. WO2008/143730 or PCT application No.
WO2008/106226.
In some embodiments, the compound of Formula I is a compound selected from Table II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof. Table II
In some embodiments, the compound is a compound selected from Table I and/or Table II. In some embodiments, the compound selected from Table I and/or Table
II is not a compound disclosed in PCT application No. WO2008/143730, PCT application No. WO2008/106226, PCT application No. WO2008/106224, PCT application No.
WO2008/143729, PCT application No. WO2008/106204, or PCT application No.
WO2008/106225.
In some embodiments, the compound selected from Table I and/or Table II is not a compound disclosed in PCT application No. WO2008/143730 or PCT application No. WO2008/106226.
The invention also provides a compound having one of the following structures, or a harmaceuticall acce table salt ester N-oxide or rodru thereof:
.
(2) , (3), and (4).
The invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition that contains one or more of the compounds described above and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The invention also provides a method for treating or preventing a disease state in a mammal by administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of one or more of the compounds described above.
The invention also provides a method of treating a microbial infection in a mammal by administering to the mammal an effective amount of one or more of the compounds described above.
The invention also provides a method of treating a fungal infection in a mammal by administering to the mammal an effective amount of one or more of the compounds described above.
The invention also provides a method of treating a parasitic disease in a mammal by administering to the mammal an effective amount of one or more of the compounds described above.
The invention also provides a method of treating a proliferative disease in a mammal by administering to the mammal an effective amount of one or more of the compounds described above.
The invention also provides a method of treating a viral infection in a mammal by administering to the mammal an effective amount of one or more of the compounds described above.
The invention also provides a method of treating an inflammatory disease in a mammal by administering to the mammal an effective amount of one or more of the compounds described above.
The invention also provides a method of treating a gastrointestinal motility disorder in a mammal by administering to the mammal an effective amount of one or more of the compounds described above.
The invention also provides a method of treating or preventing a disease state in a mammal caused or mediated by a nonsense or missense mutation by administering to the mammal an effective amount of one or more of the compounds described above to suppress expression of the nonsense or missense mutation.
In the methods described herein, the compound or compounds are administered orally, parentally, or topically.
The invention also provides a method of synthesizing the compounds described above.
The invention also provides a medical device containing one or more of the compounds described above. For example, the device is a stent.
3. Synthesis of the Compounds of the Invention
The invention provides methods for making the compounds of the invention. The following schemes depict exemplary chemistries available for synthesizing the compounds of the invention.
Scheme 1 illustrates the synthesis of triazole compounds of type 5 and 6.
Erythromycin can be N-demethylated as described in the art (U.S. Patent No.3,725,385;
Flynn et al. (1954) J. AM. CHEM. SOC.76: 3121; Ku et al. (1997) BIOORG. MED. CHEM. LETT.7: 1203; Stenmark et al. (2000) J. ORG. CHEM.65: 3875) to afford secondary amine 1. Alkylation of 1 with electrophiles of type 2 yields alkynes of type 3 containing an alkyl chain of appropriate length, generally between one and about four carbon atoms between the nitrogen atom and the alkyne group. Cycloaddition of azides of type 4 with alkynes 3 generates two regioisomeric triazole products. The reaction can be thermally catalyzed, or a number of catalysts could be added to facilitate the reaction (such as, but not limited to, copper (I) iodide: see Tornoe, C.W. et al. (2002) J. ORG. CHEM. 67: 3057). The major isomer (for steric reasons) is the“anti” isomer 5, a 1,4 disubstituted triazole. The minor component is the“syn” isomer 6, a 1,5 disubstituted triazole. Scheme 1
It is to be understood that other macrolide compounds such as, but not limited to, azithromycin and clarithromycin, could be N-demethylated and serve as starting materials for the chemistry exemplified in Scheme 1. Target compounds derived from such alternate macrolide precursors are to be considered within the scope of the present invention.
An alternate approach to derivatives of type 5 and 6 is illustrated by Scheme 2. Acetylenic alcohols of type 14 can be treated with azides 4 to yield intermediate alcohol 15 (along with a minor amount of the regioisomeric triazole). Tosylation of 15 will provide tosylates 16 which can serve as alkylating agents for macrolide amines of type 1
to afford targets 5 (and its isomer 6). It will be appreciated that other sulfonate derivatives or halides could be formed from intermediate alcohol 15, and these would be useful as electrophiles for the alkylation of macrolide amines such as 1 to afford compounds of the invention. Scheme 2
Other starting materials for the synthesis of compounds of the present invention are readily synthesizable. 4. Characterization of Compounds of the Invention
Compounds designed, selected and/or optimized by methods described above, once produced, can be characterized using a variety of assays known to those skilled in the art to determine whether the compounds have biological activity. For example, the molecules can be characterized by conventional assays, including but not limited to those assays described below, to determine whether they have a predicted activity, binding activity and/or binding specificity.
Furthermore, high-throughput screening can be used to speed up analysis using such assays. As a result, it can be possible to rapidly screen the molecules described herein for activity, for example, as anti-cancer, anti-bacterial, anti-fungal, anti-parasitic or anti-viral agents. Also, it can be possible to assay how the compounds interact with a ribosome or ribosomal subunit and/or are effective as modulators (for example, inhibitors) of protein synthesis using techniques known in the art. General methodologies for performing high-throughput screening are described, for example, in Devlin (1998) High
Throughput Screening, Marcel Dekker; and U.S. Patent No.5,763,263. High-throughput assays can use one or more different assay techniques including, but not limited to, those described below.
(1) Surface Binding Studies. A variety of binding assays can be useful in screening new molecules for their binding activity. One approach includes surface plasmon resonance (SPR) that can be used to evaluate the binding properties of molecules of interest with respect to a ribosome, ribosomal subunit or a fragment thereof.
SPR methodologies measure the interaction between two or more macromolecules in real-time through the generation of a quantum-mechanical surface plasmon. One device, (BIAcore Biosensor RTM from Pharmacia Biosensor, Piscataway, N.J.) provides a focused beam of polychromatic light to the interface between a gold film (provided as a disposable biosensor "chip") and a buffer compartment that can be regulated by the user. A 100 nm thick "hydrogel" composed of carboxylated dextran that provides a matrix for the covalent immobilization of analytes of interest is attached to the gold film. When the focused light interacts with the free electron cloud of the gold film, plasmon resonance is enhanced. The resulting reflected light is spectrally depleted in wavelengths that optimally evolved the resonance. By separating the reflected polychromatic light into its component wavelengths (by means of a prism), and determining the frequencies that are depleted, the BIAcore establishes an optical interface which accurately reports the behavior of the generated surface plasmon resonance. When designed as above, the plasmon resonance (and thus the depletion spectrum) is sensitive to mass in the evanescent field (which corresponds roughly to the thickness of the hydrogel). If one component of an interacting pair is immobilized to the hydrogel, and the interacting partner is provided through the buffer compartment, the interaction between the two components can be measured in real time based on the accumulation of mass in the evanescent field and its corresponding effects of the plasmon resonance as measured by the depletion spectrum. This system permits rapid and sensitive real-time measurement of the molecular interactions without the need to label either component.
(2) Fluorescence Polarization. Fluorescence polarization (FP) is a measurement technique that can readily be applied to protein-protein, protein-ligand, or RNA-ligand interactions in order to derive IC50s and Kds of the association reaction between two molecules. In this technique one of the molecules of interest is conjugated with a fluorophore. This is generally the smaller molecule in the system (in this case, the compound of interest). The sample mixture, containing both the ligand-probe conjugate
and the ribosome, ribosomal subunit or fragment thereof, is excited with vertically polarized light. Light is absorbed by the probe fluorophores, and re-emitted a short time later. The degree of polarization of the emitted light is measured. Polarization of the emitted light is dependent on several factors, but most importantly on viscosity of the solution and on the apparent molecular weight of the fluorophore. With proper controls, changes in the degree of polarization of the emitted light depends only on changes in the apparent molecular weight of the fluorophore, which in-turn depends on whether the probe-ligand conjugate is free in solution, or is bound to a receptor. Binding assays based on FP have a number of important advantages, including the measurement of IC50s and Kds under true homogenous equilibrium conditions, speed of analysis and amenity to automation, and ability to screen in cloudy suspensions and colored solutions.
(3) Protein Synthesis. It is contemplated that, in addition to characterization by the foregoing biochemical assays, the compound of interest can also be characterized as a modulator (for example, an inhibitor of protein synthesis) of the functional activity of the ribosome or ribosomal subunit.
Furthermore, more specific protein synthesis inhibition assays can be performed by administering the compound to a whole organism, tissue, organ, organelle, cell, a cellular or subcellular extract, or a purified ribosome preparation and observing its pharmacological and inhibitory properties by determining, for example, its inhibition constant (IC50) for inhibiting protein synthesis. Incorporation of 3H leucine or 35S methionine, or similar experiments can be performed to investigate protein synthesis activity. A change in the amount or the rate of protein synthesis in the cell in the presence of a molecule of interest indicates that the molecule is a modulator of protein synthesis. A decrease in the rate or the amount of protein synthesis indicates that the molecule is a inhibitor of protein synthesis.
Furthermore, the compounds can be assayed for anti-proliferative or anti-infective properties on a cellular level. For example, where the target organism is a microorganism, the activity of compounds of interest can be assayed by growing the microorganisms of interest in media either containing or lacking the compound. Growth inhibition can be indicative that the molecule can be acting as a protein synthesis inhibitor. More specifically, the activity of the compounds of interest against bacterial pathogens can be demonstrated by the ability of the compound to inhibit growth of defined strains of human pathogens. For this purpose, a panel of bacterial strains can be assembled to include a variety of target pathogenic species, some containing resistance mechanisms that have
been characterized. Use of such a panel of organisms permits the determination of structure-activity relationships not only in regards to potency and spectrum, but also with a view to obviating resistance mechanisms. The assays can be performed in microtiter trays according to conventional methodologies as published by The National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards (NCCLS) guidelines (NCCLS. M7-A5-Methods for Dilution Antimicrobial Susceptibility Tests for Bacteria That Grow Aerobically; Approved Standard-Fifth Edition. NCCLS Document M100-S12/M7 (ISBN 1-56238-394-9)). 5. Formulation and Administration
The compounds of the invention can be useful in the prevention or treatment of a variety of human or other animal, including mammalian and non mammalian, disorders, including for example, bacterial infection, fungal infections, viral infections, parasitic diseases, and cancer. It is contemplated that, once identified, the active molecules of the invention can be incorporated into any suitable carrier prior to use. The dose of active molecule, mode of administration and use of suitable carrier will depend upon the intended recipient and target organism. The formulations, both for veterinary and for human medical use, of compounds according to the present invention typically include such compounds in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
The carrier(s) should be "acceptable" in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulations and not deleterious to the recipient.
Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, in this regard, are intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, anti-bacterial and anti-fungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds (identified or designed according to the invention and/or known in the art) also can be incorporated into the compositions. The formulations can conveniently be presented in dosage unit form and can be prepared by any of the methods well known in the art of pharmacy/microbiology. In general, some formulations are prepared by bringing the compound into association with a liquid carrier or a finely divided solid carrier or both, and then, if necessary, shaping the product into the desired formulation.
A pharmaceutical composition of the invention should be formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration
include oral or parenteral, for example, intravenous, intradermal, inhalation, transdermal (topical), transmucosal, and rectal administration. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following
components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide.
Useful solutions for oral or parenteral administration can be prepared by any of the methods well known in the pharmaceutical art, described, for example, in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, (Gennaro, A., ed.), Mack Pub., (1990). Formulations for parenteral administration can also include glycocholate for buccal administration, methoxysalicylate for rectal administration, or citric acid for vaginal administration. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic. Suppositories for rectal administration also can be prepared by mixing the drug with a non-irritating excipient such as cocoa butter, other glycerides, or other compositions which are solid at room temperature and liquid at body
temperatures. Formulations also can include, for example, polyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol, oils of vegetable origin, and hydrogenated naphthalenes.
Formulations for direct administration can include glycerol and other compositions of high viscosity. Other potentially useful parenteral carriers for these drugs include ethylene- vinyl acetate copolymer particles, osmotic pumps, implantable infusion systems, and liposomes. Formulations for inhalation administration can contain as excipients, for example, lactose, or can be aqueous solutions containing, for example, polyoxyethylene-9- lauryl ether, glycocholate and deoxycholate, or oily solutions for administration in the form of nasal drops, or as a gel to be applied intranasally. Retention enemas also can be used for rectal delivery.
Formulations of the present invention suitable for oral administration can be in the form of: discrete units such as capsules, gelatin capsules, sachets, tablets, troches, or lozenges, each containing a predetermined amount of the drug; a powder or granular composition; a solution or a suspension in an aqueous liquid or non-aqueous liquid; or an oil-in-water emulsion or a water-in-oil emulsion. The drug can also be administered in the
form of a bolus, electuary or paste. A tablet can be made by compressing or moulding the drug optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets can be prepared by compressing, in a suitable machine, the drug in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed by a binder, lubricant, inert diluent, surface active or dispersing agent. Moulded tablets can be made by moulding, in a suitable machine, a mixture of the powdered drug and suitable carrier moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients. Oral compositions prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash include the compound in the fluid carrier and are applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose; a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor ELTM (BASF, Parsippany, NJ) or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). It should be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and should be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol), and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, or sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filter sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle which contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, methods of preparation include vacuum drying and freeze-drying which yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
Formulations suitable for intra-articular administration can be in the form of a sterile aqueous preparation of the drug that can be in microcrystalline form, for example, in the form of an aqueous microcrystalline suspension. Liposomal formulations or biodegradable polymer systems can also be used to present the drug for both intra-articular and ophthalmic administration.
Formulations suitable for topical administration, including eye treatment, include liquid or semi-liquid preparations such as liniments, lotions, gels, applicants, oil-in-water or water-in-oil emulsions such as creams, ointments or pastes; or solutions or suspensions such as drops. Formulations for topical administration to the skin surface can be prepared by dispersing the drug with a dermatologically acceptable carrier such as a lotion, cream, ointment or soap. Particularly useful are carriers capable of forming a film or layer over the skin to localize application and inhibit removal. For topical administration to internal tissue surfaces, the agent can be dispersed in a liquid tissue adhesive or other substance known to enhance adsorption to a tissue surface. For example, hydroxypropylcellulose or fibrinogen/thrombin solutions can be used to advantage. Alternatively, tissue-coating solutions, such as pectin-containing formulations can be used.
For inhalation treatments, inhalation of powder (self-propelling or spray formulations) dispensed with a spray can, a nebulizer, or an atomizer can be used. Such formulations can be in the form of a fine powder for pulmonary administration from a powder inhalation device or self-propelling powder-dispensing formulations. In the case of self-propelling solution and spray formulations, the effect can be achieved either by choice of a valve having the desired spray characteristics (i.e., being capable of producing a spray having the desired particle size) or by incorporating the active ingredient as a suspended powder in controlled particle size. For administration by inhalation, the compounds also can be delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container
or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
Systemic administration also can be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants generally are known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents and bile salts.
Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the active compounds typically are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.
The active compounds can be prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. Liposomal suspensions can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Patent No. 4,522,811.
Oral or parenteral compositions can be formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals. Furthermore, administration can be by periodic injections of a bolus, or can be made more continuous by intravenous, intramuscular or intraperitoneal administration from an external reservoir (e.g., an intravenous bag).
Where adhesion to a tissue surface is desired the composition can include the drug dispersed in a fibrinogen-thrombin composition or other bioadhesive. The compound then can be painted, sprayed or otherwise applied to the desired tissue surface. Alternatively, the drugs can be formulated for parenteral or oral administration to humans or other mammals, for example, in therapeutically effective amounts, e.g., amounts that provide
appropriate concentrations of the drug to target tissue for a time sufficient to induce the desired effect.
Where the active compound is to be used as part of a transplant procedure, it can be provided to the living tissue or organ to be transplanted prior to removal of tissue or organ from the donor. The compound can be provided to the donor host. Alternatively or, in addition, once removed from the donor, the organ or living tissue can be placed in a preservation solution containing the active compound. In all cases, the active compound can be administered directly to the desired tissue, as by injection to the tissue, or it can be provided systemically, either by oral or parenteral administration, using any of the methods and formulations described herein and/or known in the art. Where the drug comprises part of a tissue or organ preservation solution, any commercially available preservation solution can be used to advantage. For example, useful solutions known in the art include Collins solution, Wisconsin solution, Belzer solution, Eurocollins solution and lactated Ringer's solution.
The compounds of the present invention can be administered directly to a tissue locus by applying the compound to a medical device that is placed in contact with the tissue. An example of a medical device is a stent, which contains or is coated with one or more of the compounds of the present invention.
For example, an active compound can be applied to a stent at the site of vascular injury. Stents can be prepared by any of the methods well known in the pharmaceutical art. See, e.g., Fattori, R. and Piva, T.,“Drug Eluting Stents in Vascular Intervention,” Lancet, 2003, 361, 247-249; Morice, M. C.,“A New Era in the Treatment of Coronary Disease?” European Heart Journal, 2003, 24, 209-211; and Toutouzas, K. et al., “Sirolimus-Eluting Stents: A Review of Experimental and Clinical Findings,” Z. Kardiol., 2002, 91(3), 49-57. The stent can be fabricated from stainless steel or another bio- compatible metal, or it can be made of a bio-compatible polymer. The active compound can be linked to the stent surface, embedded and released from polymer materials coated on the stent, or surrounded by and released through a carrier which coats or spans the stent. The stent can be used to administer single or multiple active compounds to tissues adjacent to the stent.
Active compound as identified or designed by the methods described herein can be administered to individuals to treat disorders (prophylactically or therapeutically). In conjunction with such treatment, pharmacogenomics (i.e., the study of the relationship between an individual's genotype and that individual's response to a foreign compound or
drug) can be considered. Differences in metabolism of therapeutics can lead to severe toxicity or therapeutic failure by altering the relation between dose and blood
concentration of the pharmacologically active drug. Thus, a physician or clinician can consider applying knowledge obtained in relevant pharmacogenomics studies in determining whether to administer a drug as well as tailoring the dosage and/or therapeutic regimen of treatment with the drug.
In therapeutic use for treating, or combating, bacterial infections in mammals, the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions thereof will be administered orally, parenterally and/or topically at a dosage to obtain and maintain a concentration, that is, an amount, or blood-level or tissue level of active component in the animal undergoing treatment which will be anti-microbially effective. Generally, an effective amount of dosage of active component will be in the range of from about 0.1 to about 100, more preferably from about 1.0 to about 50 mg/kg of body weight/day. The amount
administered will also likely depend on such variables as the type and extent of disease or indication to be treated, the overall health status of the particular patient, the relative biological efficacy of the compound delivered, the formulation of the drug, the presence and types of excipients in the formulation, and the route of administration. Also, it is to be understood that the initial dosage administered can be increased beyond the above upper level in order to rapidly achieve the desired blood-level or tissue level, or the initial dosage can be smaller than the optimum and the daily dosage can be progressively increased during the course of treatment depending on the particular situation. If desired, the daily dose can also be divided into multiple doses for administration, for example, two to four times per day.
Various disease states or conditions in humans and other mammals are found to be caused by or mediated by nonsense or missense mutations. These mutations cause or mediate the disease state or condition by adversely affecting, for example, protein synthesis, folding, trafficking and/or function. Examples of disease states or conditions in which an appreciable percentage of the disease or condition is believed to result from nonsense or missense mutations include hemophilia (factor VIII gene), neurofibromatosis (NF1 and NF2 genes), retinitis pigmentosa (human USH2A gene), bullous skin diseases like Epidermolysis bullosa pruriginosa (COL7A1 gene), cystic fibrosis (cystic fibrosis transmembrane regulator gene), breast and ovarian cancer (BRCA1 and BRCA2 genes), Duchenne muscular dystrophy (dystrophin gene), colon cancer (mismatch repair genes,
predominantly in MLH1 and MSH2), and lysosomal storage disorders such as Neimann- Pick disease (acid sphingomyelinase gene). See Sanders CR, Myers JK. Disease-related misassembly of membrane proteins. Annu Rev Biophys Biomol Struct.2004;33:25-51; National Center for Biotechnology Information (U.S.) Genes and disease Bethesda, MD : NCBI, NLM ID: 101138560; and Raskó, István; Downes, C S Genes in medicine :
molecular biology and human genetic disorders 1st ed. London ; New York : Chapman & Hall, 1995. NLM ID: 9502404. The compounds of the present invention can be used to treat or prevent a disease state in a mammal caused or mediated by such nonsense or missense mutations by administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of the present invention to suppress the nonsense or missense mutation involved in the disease state.
6. Examples Example 1: Compound Preparations
Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectra were obtained on a Bruker Avance 300 or Avance 500 spectrometer, or in some cases a GE-Nicolet 300 spectrometer.
Common reaction solvents were either high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) grade or American Chemical Society (ACS) grade, and anhydrous as obtained from the manufacturer unless otherwise noted.“Chromatography” or“purified by silica gel” refers to flash column chromatography using silica gel (EM Merck, Silica Gel 60, 230-400 mesh) unless otherwise noted. Some of the abbreviations used in the following experimental details of the synthesis of the examples are defined below:
Ac = acetyl
hr = hour(s)
min = minute(s)
mol = mole(s)
mmol = millimole(s)
M = molar
^M = micromolar
g = gram(s)
^g = microgram(s)
rt = room temperature
L = liter(s)
mL = milliliter(s)
Et2O = diethyl ether
THF = tetrahydrofuran
DMSO = dimethyl sulfoxide
EtOAc = ethyl acetate
Et3N = triethylamine
i-Pr2NEt = diisopropylethylamine
CH2Cl2 = methylene chloride
CHCl3 = chloroform
CDCl3 = deuterated chloroform
CCl4 = carbon tetrachloride
MeOH = methanol
CD3OD = deuterated methanol
EtOH = ethanol
DMF = dimethylformamide
BOC = t-butoxycarbonyl
CBZ = benzyloxycarbonyl
TBS = t-butyldimethylsilyl
TBSCl = t-butyldimethylsilyl chloride TFA = trifluoroacetic acid
DBU = diazabicycloundecene
TBDPSCl = t-butyldiphenylchlorosilane Hunig’s Base = N,N-diisopropylethylamine DMAP = 4-dimethylaminopyridine CuI = copper (I) iodide
MsCl = methanesulfonyl chloride NaN3 = sodium azide
Na2SO4 = sodium sulfate
NaHCO3 = sodium bicarbonate
NaOH = sodium hydroxide
MgSO4 = magnesium sulfate
K2CO3 = potassium carbonate
KOH = potassium hydroxide
NH4OH = ammonium hydroxide
NH4Cl = ammonium chloride
SiO2 = silica
Pd-C = palladium on carbon
Pd(dppf)Cl2 = dichloro[1,1’-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene] palladium (II) Exemplary compounds which can be synthesized in accordance with the invention are listed above. A bolded or dashed bond is shown to indicate a particular
stereochemistry at a chiral center, whereas a wavy bond indicates that the substituent can be in either orientation or that the compound is a mixture thereof. It should also be known that in the interest of space, the chemical structures for some compounds have been condensed, for example the methyl and ethyl group substituents are designated with just a carbon backbone representation, and the unsaturated bonds in the triazole rings might not always be visible. The compounds of the present invention can be prepared, formulated, and delivered as pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, and prodrugs. For convenience, the compounds are generally shown without indicating a particular salt, ester, or prodrug form. Compounds in which, for example, the–OCH3 substituent is replaced with– OCH2F or–SCH3 can also be prepared and are contemplated as within the scope of the present invention.
In some embodiments,“A” is as defined in Table 1 below. Note that the fragments for“A” are drawn such that the fragment is bonded to the phenyl ring in the structure below via the bond on the left. For example, the first fragment,
Compounds of the present invention can be made, for example, via a cycloaddition reaction of an alkynyl macrolide with an azide compound. In this cycloaddition reaction, the triazole functional group of the resulting compound is formed. Other compounds of the present invention are made by further chemically modifying the resulting compound from the cycloaddition reaction.
The cycloaddition reaction is generally run in the presence of a copper (I) salt such as copper iodide (CuI). A base can also be optionally used, such as Hunig’s base (N,N-
diisopropylethylamine). The following general reaction scheme outlines the cycloaddition reaction of the alk n l macrolide and the azide com ound.
The time required for the reaction to proceed to completion is variable and is dependent upon several factors including: the specific alkynyl macrolide and azide compounds and their concentrations; the amount of Cu(I) salt used; and the presence or absence of base, such as Hunig’s Base( N,N-diisopropylethylamine). Reactions are monitored for the disappearance of the starting materials by TLC and/or LCMS and are typically allowed to run for between about 2 hours to about 72 hours. Reactions are generally stopped when analysis demonstrates that the starting alkynyl macrolide has been substantially consumed. The workup and purification protocols are standard.
Modifications to the described workup procedures can be used. Such modifications can include the use of different aqueous wash solutions, different organic solvents for extraction, the use of other anhydrous salts for the drying of organic extracts, and the employment of different solvent mixtures for the chromatographic purification of the compounds. The methods used for the workup of the reaction mixtures, the extraction of products, the drying of organic extracts, and for the isolation and purification of the title compounds are typical of procedures familiar to those trained in the art of organic synthesis. The isolated chemical yields for the synthesis of compounds can be variable and are indicated in Table 2.
Most compounds of the present invention can be prepared from the desired alkynyl macrolide and azide compound under one of several similar reaction conditions as exemplified by Conditions A, B, C, and D below. Use of Conditions A and C, which do not include the step of degassing the reaction mixture, tend to result in the formation of iodinated side-products in addition to the desired product and thereby generally produced lower isolated yields. Additionally, reduction of the amount of copper iodide used in the reaction to 0.5 molar equivalents or less as in conditions B and D also tends to result in reduced formation of iodinated by-products. As demonstrated in Condition D, the presence of Hunig’s base is not essential for the success of the triazole formation step; however, it is found preferable that the base be included since it often results in a higher rate of reaction and correspondingly shorter reaction times. Condition A:
To a stirred solution of the alkynyl macrolide (0.04 mmol), the azide compound (0.07 mmol) and Hunig’s base (10 µL) in 0.5 mL tetrahydrofuran (THF) is added CuI (5 mg, 0.03 mmol). The mixture is stirred at ambient temperature for 16 hours then diluted with CH2Cl2 (10 mL) and washed with a 3:1 mixture of saturated aqueous NH4Cl and 28% aqueous NH4OH (10 mL) and with brine (10 mL) the aqueous washes are back-extracted with CH2Cl2 (2 x 10 mL). The combined organic extracts are dried over K2CO3, filtered, and concentrated to afford 52 mg of crude product which is purified by chromatography on silica gel (elution with 40:12M NH3 in MeOH and CH2Cl2) to give the desired compound. Condition B:
A solution of alkynyl compound (0.10 mmol) and azide compound (0.12 mmol) and Hunig’s base in 0.4 mL THF are thoroughly degassed by alternately evacuating the reaction vessel and purging with dry argon. CuI is then added (2 mg, 0.01 mmol) and the mixture is further degassed. The mixture is stirred under argon for 6h then diluted with CH2Cl2 (20 mL) and washed with a 3:1 mixture of saturated aqueous NH4Cl and 28% aqueous NH4OH (10 mL) and with brine (10 mL) the aqueous washes are back-extracted with CH2Cl2 (2 x 15 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over K2CO3, filtered, and concentrated to afford 115 mg of crude product which is purified by chromatography on silica gel (eluted with 2M NH3 in MeOH (2.5%) and CH2Cl2 (97.5%), to give the desired compound.
Condition C:
To a stirred solution of alkynyl compound (0.10 mmol) and Hunig’s base (0.2 mL) in 3 mL THF is added the azide compound (0.50 mmol) and CuI (20 mg, 0.10 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred under argon for 60 hours then poured into saturated aqueous NH4Cl and extracted with CH2Cl2. The organic extracts are dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated to afford a crude residue which is purified by silica gel chromatography (eluted with 25:1:0.1 CH2Cl2:MeOH:NH4OH) and then by preparative TLC (elution with 25:1:0.1 CH2Cl2:MeOH:NH4OH) to afford the desired compound. Condition D
A solution of alkynyl compound (0.15 mmol) and the azide compound (0.25 mmol) in 2.7 mL THF are thoroughly degassed by alternately evacuating the reaction vessel and purging with dry argon. CuI is then added (10 mg, 0.05 mmol) and the mixture is further degassed. The mixture is stirred under argon for 4h then concentrated in vacuo, dissolved in CH2Cl2 (1 mL), and placed directly on a silica gel column. Elution with 2 molar (M) NH3 in MeOH (3%) and CH2Cl2 (97%) gives the desired compound. Synthesis of Compounds Wherein Substituent“A” Contains a Triazole Ring
These compounds are generally prepared from the cycloaddition reaction of the desired alkynyl macrolide and the nitro phenyl azide compound to form the resulting nitro phenyl macrolide compound. This nitro phenyl macrolide compound is then further transformed to yield the desired compound. The azide group is then reacted with an appropriately functionalized alkyne in a second cycloaddition reaction to form the desired compound.
Further detail for some of the compounds of the present invention are provided in Table 2, which lists azide compounds that can be used in the synthesis of the compounds of the present invention.
Nonlimiting examples of alkynyl macrolide compounds are separately shown below in Table 3.
Compounds can be prepared via a common nitro phenyl azide intermediate, X. The nitro group is further transformed after the cycloaddition reaction to produce the final desired product.
T he alkynyl macrolide compounds that can be used in the synthesis of the compounds of the present invention are shown in the following Table 3. It is appreciated by one of skill in the art that these alkynyl macrolide compounds, M1 to M28, are non- limiting examples and that a wide variety of additional alkynyl macrolides can be used to prepare other compounds of the present invention.
The alkynyl macrolide compounds, such as alkynyl macrolide compounds M1 to M28, are generally made by the alkynylation (i.e. the addition of an alkynyl group) to a monomethyl amine macrolide compound. The monomethyl amine macrolide is generally made by the desmethylation of the corresponding macrolide compound. Depending on the macrolide compound and functional groups present, the desmethylation process can involve several steps, including various protection and deprotection steps. The desmethyl macrolide compound is alkynylated with the corresponding alkynyl compound, which is generally an alkynyl halide, tosylate, or mesylate. For the compounds of the present invention, 4-bromo-1-butyne, 4-iodo-1-butyne, or the tosylate or mesylate of 1-butyn-4-ol are generally used. Examples of synthetic procedures for preparing alkynyl macrolides are found in PCT Application No. WO 2005/085266, published September 15, 2005, to Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc. The following general reaction scheme outlines this alkynylation process.
The following procedures outline the synthesis of various alkynyl macrolide compounds of the present invention.
Synthesis of Alkynyl Macrolide M1
Alkynyl macrolide M1 is made by selective demethylation of azithromycin 1 to produce 3’-N-desmethylazithromycin 2. This compound 2 is selectively alkylated with alkynyl tosylate 11 to produce alkynyl macrolide M1.
Azithromycin 1 (0.80 g, 1.02 mmol) and sodium acetate (NaOAc) (0.712 g, 8.06 mmol) were dissolved in 80% aqueous MeOH (25 mL). The solution was heated to 50oC followed by addition of iodine (I2) (0.272 g, 1.07 mmol) in three batches within 3 minutes.
The reaction was maintained at a pH between 8 and 9 by adding 1N sodium hydroxide (NaOH) (1 mL) at 10 min and 45 minute intervals. The solution turned colorless within 45 minutes. Stirring was continued for 2 hours. TLC (CH2Cl2/MeOH/NH4OH 10:1:0.05) after 2 hours showed a single major product (Rf = 0.66). The reaction was cooled to room temperature, poured into H2O (75 mL) containing NH4OH (1.5 mL) and extracted with CHCl3 (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with H2O (30 mL) containing NH4OH (1.5 mL), dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent evaporated to give a white residue. The crude was purified on a silica gel column eluting with
CH2Cl2/MeOH/NH4OH 18:1:0.05 to 10:1:0.05 to provide compound 2 (0.41 g, 55%).
Synthesis of alkynyl macrolide M1 A mixture of 3’-N-desmethylazithromycin 2 and tosylate 11 in Hunig’s base was stirred. The reaction mixture was diluted to EtOAc and washed with NaHCO3(aq) and with brine. The organic layer was dried over K2CO3 and the solvent was evaporated to give product. The crude product was purified on silica gel column to give M1 as a white solid.
Synthesis of 3’-N-desmethyl-clarithromycin 21
To a mixture of clarithromycin (1.00 g, 1.3 mmol) and NaOAc•3H20 (0.885 g, 6.5 mmol) was added MeOH-H2O (20 mL, 4:1), and the mixture heated to 55-60oC. Iodine (0.330 g, 1.3 mmol) was added portion-wise and the reaction stirred at 55-60oC for 3 h. The reaction mixture was poured into 50 mL CHCl3 containing 1 mL ammonium hydroxide. It was extracted with CHCl3 (4 x 50 mL), washed with water (70 mL) containing 5 mL ammonium hydroxide, dried (anhydrous Na2SO4), concentrated, and purified by flash
chromatography (silica gel, CHCl3:MeOH:NH4OH 100:10:0.1) to afford 21. Yield: 0.9g (92%). Synthesis of Alkynyl Macrolide M3 A mixture of 3’-N-desmethyl-clarithromycin 21 (5 g, 6.8 mmol) and Toluene-4- sulfonic acid but-3-ynyl ester 11 (3.05 g, 13.6 mmol) in Hunig’s base (15 ml) was heated at 110oC for 16 h. The reaction mixture was poured into CH2Cl2, extracted with 2% aqueous NH4OH and saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent was evaporated away. The crude material was purified on a silica gel column to give M3 (3.5 g, 65%). Synthesis of Alkynyl Macrolide M14
Alkynyl macrolide M14 is made using a procedure analogous to that for making M3, starting from erythromycin A. The 3’-N-desmethyl-erythromycin A intermediate is made using a procedure described in U.S. Patent No.3,725,385, to Freiberg, issued April 3, 1973. Alkynyl macrolide M14 can further be used to prepare a variety of macrolides analogous to those already depicted for the clarithromycin core.
A mixture of 3’-N-desmethyl-erythromycin (1.0 g, 1.4 mmol) and the tosylate of 1- butyn-4-ol (1.25 g, 5.6 mmol) in anhydrous THF (15 mL) and Hunig’s base (2.2 mL, 11.9 mmol) was kept stirring at 55oC for 48 hours. The reaction was poured into CH2Cl2 (50 mL), extracted with 2% aqueous NH4OH (3 x 30 mL) and saturated brine (1 x 30 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and the solvent was evaporated away. The crude was purified on a silica gel column eluting with CH2Cl2/MeOH 10:1 to give alkynyl macrolide M14 (0.35 g, 32%). Synthesis of Alkynyl Macrolides M4, M9, M10, M11 and M12
The synthesis of alkynyl macrolides M4, M9, M10, M11 and M12 are depicted in the scheme below. Alkynyl macrolide M9 is prepared from the removal of the cladinose sugar of alkynyl macrolide M3 under acidic conditions. Alkynyl macrolide M10 is made by the acetylation of macrolide M9. Macrolide M4 is made by the oxidation of the hydroxyl group of macrolide M10. Alkynyl macrolides M11 and M12 are made by converting a keto group of alkynyl macrolide M4 to the desired oximes. The oxime
functionality of alkynyl macrolides of precursors with substituted oxime functionality at the 9- osition of the macroc clic rin were re ared from alk ne M3 and as shown below.
Procedure 1: To the alkynyl macrolide M3 (0.700 g) was added 10 mL 0.9N HCl and the mixture was stirred for 4 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was saturated with sodium chloride and was adjusted to pH 8 using aqueous NH4OH solution. The solution was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL), dried (with Na2SO4), and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification of the crude reaction mixture by flash chromatography (silica gel, 60% ethyl acetate in hexane) afforded 0.200 g (35% yield) of the descladinose alkynyl macrolide M9. Data for M9: 1HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl3, partial): δ 0.82 (t, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 3.25 (dd, 1H), 3.55 (m, 2H), 3.70 (s, 1H), 3.85 (s, 1H), 3.95 (s, 1H), 4.40 (d, 1H), 5.15 (dd, 1H). Procedure 2: A suspension of M3 (23.9g) in 1N HCl-H2O (160 mL) was stirred at ambient temperature for 2h. An aliquot was taken out, neutralized with 1N NaOH and extracted with ethyl acetate. LCMS showed the presence of starting material. Another 100 mL 1N HCl-H2O was added and stirred for additional 2h. The aqueous acid part was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 200 mL) and then neutralized the aqueous layer with 1N NaOH to pH 11-12. Extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 200 mL), dried with anhydrous sodium sulphate and concentrated. The material (M9) thus obtained (14.0g, 74%) was
used for the next step without further purification. 1HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl3, partial): δ 0.82 (t, 3H), 2.25 (s, 3H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 3.25 (dd, 1H), 3.55 (m, 2H), 3.70 (s, 1H), 3.85 (s, 1H), 3.95 (s, 1H), 4.40 (d, 1H), 5.15 (dd, 1H).
Synthesis of alkynyl macrolide M10
Procedure 1: To a solution of alkynyl macrolide M9 (0.200 g, 0.32 mmol) in acetone (2 mL) was added acetic anhydride (0.050 mL, 0.5 mmol) and the mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The reaction was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (3 x 50 mL), dried (anhydrous Na2SO4), and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude reaction mixture was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 50% ethyl acetate in hexane) to yield 0.100 g (50% yield) of acetate functionalized alkynyl macrolide M10. Data for M10: 1HNMR(300 MHz, CDCl3, partial): δ 0.84 (t, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 3.00 (q, 1H), 3.25 (s, 1H, 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.70 (bs, 1H), 3.82 (bs, 1H), 3.97 (s, 1H), 4.60 (d, 1H), 4.77 (dd, 1H), 5.15 (dd, 1H). Procedure 2: To a solution of M9 (14.0 g, 22.3 mmol) in dichloromethane (150 mL) was added acetic anhydride (3.16 mL, 33.5 mmol) and stirred at ambient temperature for 24h. Reaction was monitored with LCMS. Reaction was quenched with few pieces of ice and stirred for 1h. Then added water (50 mL) and stirred for additional 20 minutes. Diluted with dichloromethane (50 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (3 x 200 mL) and dried with anhydrous sodium sulphate. The solution was filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude material was dried under vacuum for 48h and used for the next step without further purification. Yield of M10:15g (100%). 1HNMR(300 MHz, CDCl3, partial): δ 0.84 (t, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 3.00 (q, 1H), 3.25 (s, 1H, 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.70 (bs, 1H), 3.82 (bs, 1H), 3.97 (s, 1H), 4.60 (d, 1H), 4.77 (dd, 1H), 5.15 (dd, 1H).
Synthesis of alkynyl macrolide M4
Procedure 1: To a solution of alkynyl macrolide M10 (0.090 g, 0.134 mmol), EDC•HCl (0.172 g, 0.90 mmol), and DMSO (0.171 mL, 2.41 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (1.5 mL) was added
dropwise a solution of pyridinium trifluoroacetate (0.174 g, 0.90 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (1 mL) at 150C. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed up to room temperature and stirred for 3 h. The reaction was quenched with water (2 mL), and allowed to stir for 30 min. The mixture was then poured into CHCl3 (50 mL), and the organic layer was washed with water (2 x 50 mL), dried (over anhydrous Na2SO4), and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 30% ethyl acetate in hexane) to yield 0.070g (78%) of the alkynyl macrolide M4 (also commonly referred to as a ketolide). Data for M4:M4 MS (ESI) m/e 668 (M+H)+; 1HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl3, partial): δ 0.86 (t, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.95-3.10 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.05 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.80 (q, 1H), 3.90 (s, 1H), 4.28 (d, 1H), 4.40 (d, 1H), 4.76 (dd, 1H), 5.10 (dd, 1H). Procedure 2: To a solution of M10 (34.3 g,51.19 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (260 mL) at 0oC was added EDCI (29.44g, 153.58 mmol), followed by DMSO (36.3 mL, 153.58 mmol). The resulted mixture was stirred at 00C for 10 min. Pyridinium TFA (29.64g, 153.58 mmol) was added and stirred at 00C for 2 h. Then slowly warmed up to room temperature and stirred for another 1h, quenched with water (300 mL). The organic layer was washed with water (200 mL) and brine (200 mL), dried over with anhydrous sodium sulphate, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography over silica gel (0-50% ethyl acetate in hexanes). Yield of M4: 23.3 g (68%). MS (ESI) m/e 668 (M+H)+; 1HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl3, partial): δ 0.86 (t, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.70 (s, 3H), 2.95-3.10 (m, 1H), 3.15-3.05 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.80 (q, 1H), 3.90 (s, 1H), 4.28 (d, 1H), 4.40 (d, 1H), 4.76 (dd, 1H), 5.10 (dd, 1H). Synthesis of Alkynyl Macrolide M5
A solution of alkynyl macrolide M4 (1g, 1.5mmol) in MeOH (30 mL) was refluxed for 12h. The solution was concentrated and the crude material was purified by flash chromatography over silica gel (50% ethyl acetate in hexane). Yield: 0.5g of M5 (53%). Synthesis of alkynyl macrolide M11
To a solution of M4 (2.0 g, 2.9 mmol) in MeOH (10 mL) was added (R)-N- Piperidin-3-yl-hydroxylamine hydrobromide (1.26 g, 4.4 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for 14h. The mixture was then poured into (50 mL) and water (50 mL) the pH was adjusted to 11 by addition of NH4OH and the organic layer was separated and
washed with brine (50 mL), dried (over anhydrous Na2SO4), and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 12:1 CH2Cl2 and 2M methanolic ammonia) to yield 2g (78%) of the oxime functionalized alkynyl macrolide M11 as a 1:1 mixture of E/Z isomers. Data for M11: MS (ESI) m/e 724.7 (M+H)+.
Synthesis of Alkynyl Macrolide M12
Alkynyl macrolide M12 was synthesized from alkynyl macrolide M4 and (R)-N- Pyrollidin-3-yl-hydroxylamine hydrobromide using the conditions described above for the synthesis of alkynyl macrolide M11. Data for M12: MS (ESI) m/e 710.6 (M+H)+. Synthesis of Alkynyl Macrolides M13, M16, M17, and M18
Alkynyl macrolides M13, M16, and M17 are also synthesized from alkynyl macrolide M4. Alkynyl macrolide M18 is synthesized from alkynyl macrolide M17. The syntheses are outlined in the following reaction scheme.
Synthesis of alkynyl macrolide M13
Alkynyl macrolide M13 was synthesized from alkynyl macrolide M4 and N-[2- dimethtylaminoethyl]-hydroxylamine hydrobromide using the conditions described above for the synthesis of oxime M11. Data for M13: MS (ESI) m/e 726.5 (M+H)+. Synthesis of alkynyl macrolide M16
Alkynyl macrolide M16 was synthesized from alkyne M4 and N-Piperidin-4-yl- hydroxylamine hydrobromide using the conditions described above for the synthesis of oxime M11. Data for M16: MS (ESI) m/e 724.6 (M+H)+. Synthesis of alkynyl macrolide M17
Alkynyl macrolide M17 was synthesized from alkyne M4 and cis-4- aminocylcohexyl-hydroxylamine hydrobromide using the conditions described above for the synthesis of oxime M11. Data for M17: MS (ESI) m/e 738.7 (M+H)+. Synthesis of alkynyl macrolide M18
To a solution of alkynyl macrolide M17 (20 mg, 0.02 mmol) in CHCl3 (0.2 mL) was added formaldehyde (5 mg of 37% aqueous solution, 0.06 mmol) and formic acid (6 mg, 0.12 mmol). The mixture was heated at 50 oC in a sealed tube for 12h. The reaction mixture was partitioned between aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL) and chloroform (10 mL) the organic fraction was dried on K2CO3, filtered and concentrated to give alkynyl macrolide M18 as a white solid (18 mg). Data for M18: MS (ESI) m/e 766.7 (M+H)+. Synthesis of Alkynyl Macrolide M15
Telithromycin was selectively N-demethylated and then alkylated with the tosylate of 1-butyn-4-ol as described for azithromycin, erythromycin and clarithromycin above. Synthesis of 3’-N-Desmethyl telithromycin 30
To a solution of telithromycin 29 (3.0 g, 3.60 mmol) in anhydrous acetonitrile (70 mL) was added N-iodosuccinimide (NIS) (0.98 g, 4.32 mmol) in two portions within 30 min at 0oC under argon atmosphere. The mixture was allowed to warm to rt and stirred overnight. CH2Cl2 (250 mL) and 5 % Na2S2O3 (80 mL) were added and the two layers separated. The organic layer was extracted with 5 % Na2S2O3 (1 X 80 mL), dilute NH4Cl (1 X 80 mL) and dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the crude was purified
on silica gel eluting with 0– 8 % methanolic ammonia (2N NH3) in CH2Cl2 to give compound 30 as white solid (1.95 g, 68 %). MS (ESI) M/E; M+H+ 798.6. Scheme 105 S nthesis of alk n l macrolide M15.
Protocol A: A mixture of amine 30 (0.66 g, 0.83 mmol) and tosylate 11 (0.33 g, 1.49 mmol) in THF (15 mL) and Hunig’s base (3 mL) was heated at 90oC for 5 days. The solvent was evaporated; the residue was dissolved in 1N HCl (50 mL) and kept stirring at room temperature for about 1h. CH2Cl2 (30 mL) was added and the two layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2 X 30 mL) and basified with NaOH (1N) to form a whitish-suspension. The suspension was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 X 30 mL) and the organic layer was dried over Na2SO4. Solvent was evaporated and the crude was purified on silica gel eluting with 0– 6 % methanolic ammonia (2N NH3) in
CH2Cl2 to give compound M15 as white solid (0.12 g, 17 %). MS (ESI) m/e 850.8 (M+H)+. Synthesis of 3’-N-(but-3-ynyl) telithromycin, M15
Protocol B: A mixture of amine 30 (0.66 g, 0.83 mmol), and tosylate 11 (0.40 g, 1.84 mmol) in acetonitrile (10 mL) and Hunig’s base (0.18 mL, 1.0 mmol) was microwave heated to 90oC within 10 min and maintained at 90oC for 1.5h. The reaction was vented within 15 min and solvent was evaporated. The residue was dissolved in 1N HCl (60 mL) and kept stirring at room temperature for about 2h. CH2Cl2 (30 mL) was added and the two layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2 X 30 mL) and basified with 50 % KOH to form a whitish-suspension. The suspension was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 X 30 mL) and the organic layer was dried over Na2SO4. The solvent was evaporated and the crude was purified by preparative TLC (2000 micron plate) eluting with CH2Cl2/methanolic ammonia (2N NH3) 12:1 to give compound M15 as white solid (0.19 g, 27 %). MS (ESI) m/e 850.8 (M+H)+.
Desmethyl telithromycin 30 was treated according to the procedures of US Patent No.6,124,269 to afford the 2-fluoro amine 30a. This was then alkylated with the tosylate
of 1-butyn-4-ol under the conditions for making M15 to afford the fluorinated alkynyl macrolide M19. The reactions are outlined in the followin scheme.
Alkynyl macrolides M21, M22, and M23 are prepared according to the following reaction scheme from alkynyl macrolide M20. Alkynyl macrolide M20 is in turn made from alk n l macrolide M14.
To a mixture of alkynyl macrolide M14 (1g, 1.3 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.4g, 6.4 mmol) was added methanol (15 mL) and triethylamine (3.2 mmol). The solution was refluxed for 72h. Cooled to ambient temperature, poured into water (50 mL) and adjusted pH to 11. The resulting solution was extracted with dichloromethane (4x 50 mL), dried and concentrated. The crude material was purified by
flash chromatography over silica gel to yield M20 (C2Cl2:2N NH3-MeOH = 10:1). Yield: 0.6g (60%).
Synthesis of Alkynyl Macrolide M21
To a solution of alkynyl macrolide M20 (2.00g, 2.54mmol) in THF (17mL) at 0ºC was added Et3N (1.50mL, 10.67mmol), followed by addition of acetic anhydride (946µL, 9.91mmol), then, DMAP (34mg, 0.25mmol). The mixture was stirred at 0ºC for 3h, then, Et3N (150µL, 1.07mmol) and acetic anhydride (95µL, 0.99mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred for 3h, then, MeOH (2.0ml) was added. The reaction mixture was concentrated and EtOAc (100mL) was added, washed with saturated NaHCO3 (30.0mL), then, brine (30.0mL), dried with Na2SO4, gave 2.28g of alkynyl macrolide M21. The residue was used for the next step without further purification. MS (ESI) m/e 913 (M + H)+. Synthesis of Alkynyl Macrolide M22
To a solution of triacetate alkynyl M21 (913mg, 1.00mmol, crude), 2-methylene- 1,3-propane-[bis-(tert-butyl)carbonate] (865mg, 3.00mmol) and 1,4- bis(diphenylphosphino)-butane (dppb) (305mg, 0.70mmol) in THF (10mL, degassed) was added Pd2(dba)3 (92mg, 0.10mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was refluxed for 12h , then, the reaction mixture was concentrated and EtOAc (100mL) was added. Washed with saturated NaHCO3 (30mL), brine (30mL), dried with Na2SO4, The residue was isolated by silica gel chromatography (CH2Cl2 to 2% MeOH in CH2Cl2 containing 0.2% NH4OH), gave 340mg of alkynyl macrolide M22 in 35% yield for two steps. MS (ESI) m/e 966 (M + H)+.
Synthesis of Alkynyl Macrolide M23
Alkynyl macrolide M22 (330mg, 0.34mmol) in MeOH (6mL), was refluxed for 5 days. The residue was isolated by FC (CH2Cl2 to 2% MeOH in CH2Cl2 containing 0.2% NH4OH), gave 143mg of alkynyl macrolide M23 in 50% yield.
MS (ESI) m/e 839 (M + H)+. Synthesis of Alkynyl Macrolide M24
To a solution of alkynyl macrolide M4 (6.4g, 9.6 mmol) in pyridine (25 mL) was added methanesulfonic anhydride (4.0g, 22.9 mmol) at 100C. The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 24h. The solution was concentrated and portioned between ethyl acetate (150 mL) and saturated NaHCO3 solution (150 mL). Organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was back extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (2 x 150 mL), dried and concentrated. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography over silica gel (50% ethyl acetate in hexane) to give 5.9g of M24 (83%). Synthesis of Alkynyl Macrolide M25
To a solution of alkynyl macrolide M24 (5.9 g, 7.9 mmol) in acetone (25 mL) was added diazabicycloundecene (DBU) (1.4 mL, 9.5 mmol) at ambient temperature. After stirring for 48h, the reaction was diluted with methylene chloride, washed with water, dried and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography over silica gel (40% ethyl acetate in hexanes). Yield 3.6 g M25 (70%). Synthesis of Alkynyl Macrolide M26
To a solution of M25 (3.3 g, 5.0 mmol) in methylene chloride (30 mL) was added DBU (1.0 mL, 6.5 mmol) at 00C. Then was added carbonyldiimidazole (1.0g, 6.1 mmol) at once. After stirring for 3h, the reaction was diluted with methylene chloride, washed with water, dried and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography over silica gel (70% ethyl acetate in hexanes). Yield 3.4 g M26 (89%). Synthesis of Alkynyl Macrolide M27
Alkynyl macrolide M27 is made from alkynyl macrolide M23 by reduction of the oxime to the imine followed by acetylation of the compound, which is then oxidized to
give the bridged ketone. The cladinose sugar is then hydrolyzed by treatment with dilute hydrochloric acid. Synthesis of Alkynyl Macrolide M28
Alkynyl macrolide M28 is made by refluxing alkynyl macrolide M27 with the following hydroxyl amine compound in methanol.
Synthesis of Alkynyl Macrolide M2
A mixture of M26 (1.48 g, 2.0 mmol) and hydrazine (0.65 mL, 20 mmol) in acetonitrile (40 mL) and water (6 mL) was heated to 500C. After 5h the solution was concentrated and refluxed with MeOH (100 mL) for 20h. The solution was concentrated and the crude material was purified by flash chromatography over silica gel (60% ethyl acetate in hexane). Yield: 0.8g M2 (60%). Synthesis of Alkynyl Macrolides M6, M7, and M8
Alkynyl macrolides M6, M7, and M8 are made from M26 (using a procedure analogous to that for making M2, in which the hydrazine is replaced with methyl amine, ammonium hydroxide, and ethanol amine respectively. Synthesis of Azide Compounds
The organic azide compounds used in the synthesis of the compounds of the present invention are generally prepared from the iodo compound 2 or the boronic acid ester compound 3. Typically, the iodo or boronic acid functional groups provide a means for preparing a wide range of compounds using methods available to one skilled in the art.
The iodo compound 2, is prepared according to the following scheme from commercially available (1R,2R)-(-)-2-amino-1-(4-nitrophenyl)-1,3-propanediol. The boronic acid ester compound 3 is prepared from the iodo compound 2.
The following reaction scheme illustrates various azide compounds that can be made from iodo compound 2. Ra, Rb, Rc, and Rd represent various alkyl, substituted alkyl, aryl, and substituted aryl groups.
Synthesis of Azide A1
A mixture of 5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-yl)-pyrimidin-2- ylamine (0.4 g, 1.791 mmol), 1-(2-azido-3-fluoro-1-methoxy-propyl)-4-iodo-benzene (AI- 1, can be synthesized as shown above) (0.5 g, 1.4925 mmol), [1,1- bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium (II) chloride 1:1 complex with dichloromethane (61 mg, 0.075 mmol), potassium carbonate (621 mg, 4.5 mmol), dioxane (6 mL), ethanol (2 mL) and water (2 mL) was degassed and heated at 85 ºC for 5 h under argon atmosphere. After cooled to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 ml) and washed with water (30 mL, twice) and brine (20 mL). The ethyl acetate solution was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (silica, gradient from 0% to 80% ethyl acetate in hexane) to afford desired product A1 (250 mg, 56%). MS (ESI) m/e: 303 [M+H]+.
Synthesis of Compounds
As described above, compounds can be prepared from the cycloaddition reaction of the desired alkynyl macrolide and nitro phenyl azide to form a resulting nitro phenyl macrolide compound. This nitro phenyl macrolide is then further converted to an azide group, via reduction to an amine. The azide is a common intermediate which is then reacted with an appropriately functionalized alkyne in a second cycloaddition reaction to form the desired compound. Table 4, below shows representative alkynes used in the preparation of compounds. TMS-acetylene can be used as the alkyne and the TMS group is then subsequently removed under standard conditions. Table 4.
Alternatively, compounds can be synthesized via the cycloaddition of alkynyl macrolides and phenyl azide compounds. Preparations of the starting materials have been detailed in the preceding sections. Synthesis of C1
For example, compound C1 can be prepared via the cycloaddition between alkynyl macrolide M11 and azide A1 as shown below:
A mixture of the azide A1 (138 mg, 0.46 mmol) and alkynyl macrolide M11 (300 mg, 0.41 mmol), CuI (118 mg, 0.62 mmol), and THF (6 ml) was degassed. Hunig’s base (0.3 ml) was added to the above reaction mixture and stirred at room temperature under
argon atmosphere for 7 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated ammonium chloride solution containing 20% ammonium hydroxide solution (30 ml) and extracted with dichloromethane (30 ml, twice). The combined organic extract was washed with saturated ammonium chloride solution containing 20% ammonium hydroxide solution (100 ml). It was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography over silica gel. (2N ammonia methanol in dichloromethane, 1:10) to afford desired product C1 (315 mg, 74%). MS (ESI) m/e: 514.1, [M/2+H]+. The following compounds can be prepared by the methods described herein;
molecular weights and LC/MS data are provided.
The compounds in Table 1 can be prepared using the same procedures as described above using the appropriate starting materials. Example 2 Susceptibility testing for bacteria (MIC) and Panel of Organisms
Method:
Antibacterial activity (MIC, in µg/mL) of compounds is determined using a microtiter-based liquid assay as described in by the Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (see: CLSI, Performance standards for antimicrobial susceptibility testing; sixteenth information supplement, in Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute. 2006, Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute, 940 West Valley Road, Suite 1400, Wayne, PA 19087-1898).
Table 2-1 summarizes the antibacterial activity (MIC, in µg/mL) of azithromycin, telithromycin, solithromycin, Compound 1, Compound 3, and Compound 4. Results
Method
Studies were carried out at Absorption Systems, LP. (PA, USA). Confluent monolayers of Caco-2 cells (21-28 years old) comprised the assay system. Monolayer batch quality was assessed via a TEER measurement and by calculating Papp for control compounds. Test compounds were prepared at 5µM in HBSSg (Hanks’ balanced salts solution supplemented with glucose), with maximum DMSO concentration <1%. Receiver wells (Transwell®) were prepared with 1% BSA in HBSSg. Both apical and basolateral sides were held at pH 7.4±0.2. Two monolayers were dosed in each direction (N=2). Pre- incubation of cell monolayers was done for 30 minutes, both in the absence and in the presence of 10µM CSA (cyclosporine A, an efflux inhibitor). The apical side was dosed for A ^B assessment, while the basolateral side was dosed for B ^A evaluation. Both the
apical and basolateral sides were sampled at 120 minutes. Concentrations of test compounds were determined using standard LC/MS/MS methods with a minimum 4-point calibration curve. Results
Bi-directional permeabilities in the presence and absence of efflux inhibitor cyclosporine A were measured for azithromycin, telithromycin, solithromycin, and C2 The results are summarized in Table 3-1, below.
Table 3-1
Methods:
Rat Pharmacokinetics: Jugular-cannulated Sprague-Dawley® rats were used, with 4 rats for each dosing regimen and 9 timepoints ranging from pre-dose to 24 hours. Dosage was set at 4 mg/Kg and 20 mg/Kg for intravenous and oral administration, respectively. Dosing was based on the free molecular weight of each compound. Blood (0.3 mL per timepoint) was sampled from the right jugular vein and added to lithium heparincoated microcentrifuge tubes. Samples were kept on-ice until centrifugation (within 30 minutes of sampling). Mouse Pharmacokinectics: Swiss-Webster mice (female, 25-30 g) were used, with 3 mice per timepoint and 8 timepoints between dose and 6 hours. Dosage was set at 5 mg/Kg and 25 mg/Kg for intravenous and oral adminstration, respectively. Dosing was based on the free molecular weight of each compound. Blood was collected via terminal cardiac puncture. Blood samples were kept in heparinized tubes on ice, centrifuged and separated within 30 minutes. Plasma samples were saved at -20oC until analysis.
Preparation of Plasma samples: Plasma samples (100 µL) were spiked with an internal standard solution before acetonitrile was added to precipitate protein. After centrifugation, a portion of the supernatant (200 µL) was transferred to a 96-well plate for LC-MS analysis. The linear range for the quantitation method covered 20-10000 ng/mL. Micromass Quattro Micro, a triple quadrupole mass spectrometer, was used in MRM mode with ESI for MS analysis. The LC system was a Waters Alliance HT 2795 with a reversed phase C18 (2.1 × 50 mm, 5 µM) column at room temperature.
Pharmacokinetic Analysis: Pharmacokinetic parameters were derived using WinNonlin version 5.1 (Pharsight Corporation, CA, USA). Non-compartmental methods were used. Oral bioavailability (F) was calculated as follows: %F = [AUC0-∞(PO)/Dose(IV)]/[AUC0-∞(IV)/Dose(PO)]×100 Results:
Rat oral pharmacokinetic data for azithromycin, telithromycin, clarithromycin, and C2 are shown in Table 4-1.
Table 4-1
Mouse oral pharmacokinetic data for azithromycin, telithromycin, clarithromycin, and C2 are shown in Table 4-2.
Table 4-2
The entire disclosure of each of the patent documents and scientific articles referred to herein is incorporated by reference for all purposes. EQUIVALENTS
The invention can be embodied in other specific forms without departing from the spirit or essential characteristics thereof. The foregoing embodiments are therefore to be considered in all respects illustrative rather than limiting on the invention described herein. Scope of the invention is thus indicated by the appended claims rather than by the foregoing description, and all changes that come within the meaning and range of equivalency of the claims are intended to be embraced therein.
Claims
What is claimed is:
1. A compound of Formula I having the structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof,
wherein
A is selected from (a) a C1-6 alkyl group, (b) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (c) a
C2-6 alkynyl group, (d) a C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (e) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms, (f) H, (g) -OH (h)–SH, (i) F, (j) Cl, (k) Br, (l) I, (m)– CF3, (n)–CN, (o)–N3 (p)–NO2, (q)–NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (r)–OR9, (s)–S(CR6R6)tR9, (t)– S(O)(CR6R6)tR9 ,(u)–S(O)2 (CR6R6) t R9 (v)–C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (w)–OC(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (x)–OC(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (y)–SC(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (z)–C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (aa)–
NR6C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (bb)–C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (cc)–C(=NR6)(CR6R6)tR9, (dd)– C(=NNR6R6)(CR6R6)tR9, (ee)–C[=NNR6C(O)R6](CR6R6)tR9, (ff)–
NR6C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (gg)–OC(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (hh)–NR6C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (ii)–NR6S(O)p(CR6R6)tR9, (jj)–S(O)pNR6(CR6R6)tR9, (kk)–NR6R6, (ll)–
NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (mm)–SR6, (nn)–S(O)R6, (oo)–S(O)2R6, (pp)–NR6C(O)R6, (qq)– Si(R13)3, and (rr)–C(=O)H;
wherein (a)-(e) optionally are substituted with one or more R14 groups;
X is selected from–OR15 and–SR15,
R1 and R3 independently are selected from: (a) H, (b) a
C1-6 alkyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (d) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (e)–C(O)R5,
(f)–C(O)OR5, (g)–C(O)–NR4R4, (h)–C(S)R5, (i)–C(S)OR5, (j)–C(O)SR5, or (k)–C(S)- NR4R4;
alternatively R1 and R3 are taken together with the oxygen to which R1 is attached, the nitrogen to which R3 is attached and the two intervening carbons to form a 5 or 6 membered ring, said ring being optionally substituted with one or more R5;
R2 is hydrogen or–OR12;
R4, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b) a C1-6 alkyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (d) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (e) a C6-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (f) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (g)–C(O)– C1-6 alkyl, (h)–C(O)–C2-6 alkenyl, (i)–C(O)–C2-6 alkynyl, (j)–C(O)–C6-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (k)–C(O)–3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (l)–C(O)O–C1-6 alkyl, (m)–C(O)O–C2-6 alkenyl, (n)–C(O)O–C2-6 alkynyl, (o)–C(O)O–C6-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, p)– C(O)O–3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and q)–C(O)NR6R6,
wherein any of (b)–(p) optionally is substituted with one or more R5 groups,
alternatively, NR6R6 forms a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring including the nitrogen atom to which the R6 groups are attached, wherein said ring is optionally substituted at a position other than the nitrogen atom to which the R6 groups are attached, with one or more substituents selected from O, S(O)p, N, and NR8;
R5 is selected from:
(a) R7, (b) a C1-8 alkyl group, (c) a C2-8 alkenyl group, (d) a C2-8 alkynyl group, (e) a C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, or two R5 groups, when present on the same carbon atom can be taken together with the carbon atom to which they are attached to form a spiro 3- 6 membered carbocyclic ring or heterocyclic ring containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur;
wherein any of (b)–(f) immediately above optionally is substituted with one or more R7 groups;
R6, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b) a C1-6 alkyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (d) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (e) a C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) a 3- 10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
wherein any of (b)–(f) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from:
(aa) a carbonyl group, (bb) a formyl group, (cc) F, (dd) Cl, (ee) Br, (ff) I, (gg) CN, (hh) NO2, (ii)–OR8,
(jj)–S(O)pR8, (kk)–C(O)R8, (ll)–C(O)OR8,
(mm)–OC(O)R8, (nn)–C(O)NR8R8,
(oo)–OC(O)NR8R8, (pp)–C(=NR8)R8,
(qq)–C(R8)(R8)OR8, (rr)–C(R8)2OC(O)R8,
(ss)–C(R8)(OR8)(CH2)rNR8R8, (tt)–NR8R8,
(uu)–NR8OR8, (vv)–NR8C(O)R8,
(ww)–NR8C(O)OR8, (xx)–NR8C(O)NR8R8,
(yy)–NR8S(O)rR8, (zz)–C(OR8)(OR8)R8,
(ab)–C(R8)2NR8R8, (ac) =NR8,
(ad)–C(S)NR8R8, (ae)–NR8C(S)R8,
(af)–OC(S)NR8R8, (ag)–NR8C(S)OR8,
(ah)–NR8C(S)NR8R8, (ai)–SC(O)R8,
(aj) a C1-8 alkyl group, (ak) a C2-8 alkenyl group, (al) a C2-8 alkynyl group, (am) a C1-8 alkoxy group, (an) a C1-8 alkylthio group, (ao) a C1-8 acyl group, (ap)–CF3,
(aq)–SCF3 , (ar) a C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (as) a 3-10 membered saturated,
unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, alternatively, NR6R6 forms a 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring including the nitrogen atom to which the R6 groups are attached wherein said ring is optionally substituted at a position other than the nitrogen atom to which the R6 groups are bonded, with one or more moieties selected from O, S(O)p, N, and NR8;
alternatively, CR6R6 forms a carbonyl group;
R7, at each occurrence, is selected from:
(a) H, (b) =O, (c) =S, (d) F, (e) Cl, (f) Br, (g) I, (h)–CF3,
(i)–CN, (j)–N3 (k)–NO2, (l)–NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (m)–OR9, (n)–
S(O)pC(R6R6) t R9, (o)–C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (p)–OC(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (q)– SC(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (r)–C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (s)–NR6C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (t)– C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (u)–C(=NR6)(CR6R6)tR9, (v)–
C(=NNR6R6)(CR6R6)tR9, (w)–C(=NNR6C(O)R6)(CR6R6)tR9, (x)– C(=NOR9)(CR6R6)tR9, (y)–NR6C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (z)–
OC(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (aa)–NR6C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (bb)–
NR6S(O)p(CR6R6)tR9, (cc)–S(O)pNR6(CR6R6)tR9, (dd)–
NR6S(O)pNR6(CR6R6) t R9, (ee)–NR6R6, (ff)–NR6(CR6R6), (gg)–OH, (hh) –NR6R6, (ii)–OCH3, (jj)–S(O)pR6, (kk)–NC(O)R6, (ll) a C1-6 alkyl group, (mm) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (nn) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (oo)–C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (pp) 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
wherein any of (ll)–(pp) optionally is substituted with one or more R9 groups;
alternatively, two R7 groups can form–O(CH2)uO–;
R8 is selected from:
(a) H, (b) a C1-6 alkyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (d) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (e) a C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (f) a 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (g)–C(O)– C1-6 alkyl, (h)–C(O)–C1-6 alkenyl, (i)–C(O)–C1-6 alkynyl, (j)–C(O)–C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (k)–C(O)–3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
wherein any of (c)–(k) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from : (aa) H, (bb) F, (cc) Cl, (dd) Br, (ee) I, (ff) CN, (gg) NO2, (hh) OH, (ii) NH2, (jj) NH(C1-6 alkyl), (kk)
N(C1-6 alkyl)2, (ll) a C1-6 alkoxy group, (mm) an aryl group, (nn) a substituted aryl group, (oo) a heteroaryl group, (pp) a substituted heteroaryl group, and qq) a C1-6 alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more moieties selected from an aryl group, a substituted aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a substituted heteroaryl group, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO2, CF3, SCF3, and OH;
R9, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) R10, (b) a C1-6 alkyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (d) a C2-6 alkynyl group, e) a C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and f) a 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein any of (b)–(f) optionally is substituted with one or more R10 groups;
R10, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b) =O, (c) F, (d) Cl, (e) Br, (f) I, (g)–CF3, (h)–CN, (i)–NO2, (j)– NR6R6, (k)–OR6, (l)–S(O)pR6, (m)–C(O)R6, (n)–C(O)OR6, (o)– OC(O)R6, (p) NR6C(O)R6, (q)–C(O)NR6R6, (r)–C(=NR6)R6, (s)– NR6C(O)NR6R6, (t)–NR6S(O)pR6, (u)–S(O)pNR6R6, (v)–
NR6S(O)pNR6R6, (w) a C1-6 alkyl group, (x) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (y) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (z) a C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (aa) a 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
wherein any of (w)–(aa) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from R6, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO2,–OR6,–NH2,– NH(C1-6 alkyl),–N(C1-6 alkyl)2, a C1-6 alkoxy group, a C1-6 alkylthio group, and a C1-6 acyl group;
R11 at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e) I, (f) CN, (g) NO2, (h) OR8, (i)–S(O)pR8, (j) –C(O)R8, (k)–C(O)OR8, (l)–OC(O)R8, (m)–C(O)NR8R8, (n)–
OC(O)NR8R8,
(o)–C(=NR8)R8, (p)–C(R8)(R8)OR8, (q)–C(R8)2OC(O)R8,
(r)–C(R8)(OR8)(CH2)rNR8R8, (s)–NR8R8, (t)–NR8OR8,
(u)–NR8C(O)R8, (v)–NR8C(O)OR8, (w)–NR8C(O)NR8R8, (x)–
NR8S(O)pR8, (y)–C(OR8)(OR8)R8, (z)–C(R8)2NR8R8, (aa)–C(S)NR8R8, (bb)–NR8C(S)R8, (cc)–OC(S)NR8R8, (dd)–NR8C(S)OR8, (ee)–
NR8C(S)NR8R8, (ff)–SC(O)R8, (gg) -N3, (hh)–Si(R13)3, (ii) a C1-8 alkyl group, (jj) a C2-8 alkenyl group, (kk) a C2-8 alkynyl group, (ll) a C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (mm) a 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein (ii)-(mm) optionally are substituted with one or more R5 groups;
R12 is selected from:
(a) H, (b) a C1-6 alkyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (d) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (e)–C(O)R5, (f)–C(O)OR5, (g)–C(O)–NR4R4R4R4, (h)–C(S)R5, (i) –C(S)OR5, (j)–C(O)SR5, (k)–C(S)-NR4R4R4R4, (l) a C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, or (m) a 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (n) a–(C1-6 alkyl)–C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, or (o) a–(C1-6 alkyl)-3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
wherein (a)–(d) and (l)–(o) optionally are substituted with one or more R5 groups;
each R13 is independently selected from (a) -C1-6 alkyl and (b)–O-(C1-6 alkyl); R14 at each occurrence is independently selected from:
(a) H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e) I, (f) CN, (g) NO2, (h) OR8, (i)–S(O)pR8, (j) –C(O)R8, (k)–C(O)OR8, (l)–OC(O)R8, (m)–C(O)NR8R8, (n)–
OC(O)NR8R8, (o)–C(=NR8)R8, (p)–C(R8)(R8)OR8, (q)–C(R8)2OC(O)R8, (r)–C(R8)(OR8)(CH2)rNR8R8, (s)–NR8R8, (t)–NR8OR8,
(u)–NR8C(O)R8, (v)–NR8C(O)OR8, (w)–NR8C(O)NR8R8, (x)–
NR8S(O)pR8, (y)–C(OR8)(OR8)R8, (z)–C(R8)2NR8R8, (aa)–C(S)NR8R8, (bb)–NR8C(S)R8, (cc)–OC(S)NR8R8, (dd)–NR8C(S)OR8, (ee)–
NR8C(S)NR8R8, (ff)–SC(O)R8, (gg) -N3, (hh)–Si(R13)3, (ii) a C1-8 alkyl group, (jj) a C2-8 alkenyl group, (kk) a C2-8 alkynyl group, (ll) a C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (mm) a 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more
heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, wherein (ii)-(mm) optionally are substituted with one or more R5 groups;
alternatively two R14 groups are taken together to form (a) =O, (b) =S, (c) =NR8, (e) =NOR8;
R15 is selected from C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with from 1 to 13 fluorine atoms;
n at each occurrence is 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
p at each occurrence is 0, 1, or 2;
r at each occurrence is 0, 1, or 2;
t at each occurrence is 0, 1, or 2;
and u at each occurrence is 1, 2, 3, or 4; and
T is:
wherein:
M is–C(=NOR127)–;
R100 is selected from (a) H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e)–SR114, and (f) C1-6 alkyl, wherein (f) optionally is substituted with one or more R115 groups;
R101 is selected from:
(a) H, (b) Cl, (c) F, (d) Br, (e) I, (f)–NR114R114, (g)–NR114C(O)R114, (h)– OR114,
(i)–OC(O)R114, (j)–OC(O)OR114, (k)–OC(O)NR114R114, (l)–O–C1-6 alkyl, (m)–OC(O)–C1-6 alkyl, (n)–OC(O)O–C1-6 alkyl, (o)–OC(O)NR114–C1- 6 alkyl,
(p) C1-6 alkyl, (q) C1-6 alkenyl, and (r) C1-6 alkynyl,
wherein any of (l)– (r) optionally is substituted with one or more R115 groups;
R102 is H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e)–SR114, (f) C1-6 alkyl, wherein (f) optionally is substituted with one or more R115 groups;
R103 is selected from:
(a) H, (b)–OR114, (c)–O–C1-6 alkyl–R115, (d)–OC((O)R114, (e)–OC(O)–C1-6 alkyl–R115, (f)–OC(O)OR114, (g)–OC(O)O–C1-6 alkyl– R115,
(h)–OC(O)NR114R114, (i)–OC(O)NR114–C1-6 alkyl–R115, and
alternatively, R102 and R103 taken together with the carbon to which they are attached form (a) a carbonyl group or (b) a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring which can optionally be substituted with one or more R114 groups;
alternatively, R101 and R103 taken together are a single bond between the respective carbons to which these two groups are attached thereby creating a double bond between the carbons to which R100 and R102 are attached;
alternatively, R101 and R103 taken together with the carbons to which they are attached form a 3-membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring which can optionally be substituted with one or more R114 groups;
R104 is selected from:
(a) H, (b) R114, (c)–C(O)R114(d)–C(O)OR114 (e)–C(O)NR114R114, (f)–C1-6 alkyl–K–R114, (g)–C2-6 alkenyl–K–R114, and (h)–C2-6 alkynyl–K–R114; K is selected from:
(a)–C(O)–, (b)–C(O)O–, (c)–C(O)NR114–, (d)–C(=NR114)–, (e)– C(=NR114)O–,
(f)–C(=NR114)NR114–, (g)–OC(O)–, (h)–OC(O)O–, (i)–OC(O)NR114–, (j)–NR114C(O)–, (k)–NR114C(O)O–, (l)–NR114C(O)NR114–, (m)–NR114C(=NR114)NR114–, and (o)–S(O)p–;
wherein R135 and R136 are selected from (a) hydrogen, (b) C1-6 alkyl, (c) C2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2-6 alkynyl, (d) C3-14 saturated, unsaturated or aromatic carbocycle, (e) 3-l4 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more oxygen, nitrogen, or sulfur atoms, (f) F, (g) Br, (h) I, (i) OH, (j)–N3, wherein (b) through (e) are optionally substituted with one or more R117; or alternatively, R135 and R136 are taken together to form =O, =S and =NR114, =NOR114, =NR114, and =N-NR114,R114 ],
wherein V is selected from(a)–(C4-alkyl)-, (b)-(C4-alkenyl)-, (c) O, (d) S, and (e) NR114, wherein (a) and (b) are optionally further substituted with one or more R117;
R105 is selected from:
(a) R114, (b)–OR114, (c)–NR114R114, (d)–O–C1-6 alkyl–R115, (e)–C(O)– R114,
(f)–C(O)–C1-6 alkyl–R115, (g)–OC(O)–R114, (h)–OC(O)–C1-6 alkyl–R115, (i)–OC(O)O–R114, (j)–OC(O)O–C1-6 alkyl–R115, (k)–OC(O)NR114R114, (l)–OC(O)NR114–C1-6 alkyl–R115, (m)–C(O)–C2-6 alkenyl–R115, and (n)–C(O)–C2-6 alkynyl–R115;
alternatively, R104 and R105, taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form
wherein
Q is CH or N, and R126 is–OR114,–NR114 or R114;
wherein
i) R101 is as defined above;
ii) alternately, R101 and R109 can be taken together with the carbon to which they are attached to form a carbonyl group; iii) alternately, R101 and R109 can be taken together to form the group–O(CR116R116)uO–;
alternatively, R104 and R105, taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form:
wherein in the preceding structure the dotted line indicates an optional double bond i) R130 is–OH or R114,
ii) R131 is–OH or R114,
iii) alternately, R130 and R131 together with the carbons to which they are attached form a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring which can optionally be substituted with one or more R114 groups;
iv) alternatively, R130 and the carbon to which it is attached or R131 and the carbon to which it is attached are each independently–C(=O)-,
R106 is selected from:
(a)–OR114, (b)–C1-6 alkoxy–R115, (c)–C(O)R114, (d)–OC(O)R114, (e)– OC(O)OR114, (f)–OC(O)NR114R114, and (g)–NR114R114,
alternatively, R105 and R106 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form a 5-membered ring by attachment to each other through a chemical moiety selected from:
(a)–OC(R115)2O–, (b)–OC(O)O–, (c)–OC(O)NR114–, (d)–NR114C(O)O–, (e)–OC(O)NOR114–, (f)–NOR114–C(O)O–, (g)–OC(O)NNR114R114–, (h)–NNR114R114–C(O)O–, (i)–OC(O)C(R115)2–, (j)–C(R115)2C(O)O–, (k) –OC(S)O–, (l)–OC((S)NR114–, (m)–NR114C(S)O–, (n)–OC(S)NOR114–, (o)–NOR114–C(S)O–, (p)–OC(S)NNR114R114–, (q)–NNR114R114–C(S)O–, (r)–OC(S)C(R115)2–, and (s)–C(R115)2C(S)O–;
alternatively, R105, R106, and R133 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form:
bond, wherein in the preceding structure the dotted line indicates an optional double
wherein J1 and J2 are selected from hydrogen, Cl, F, Br, I, OH, -C1-6 alkyl, and -O(C1- 6alkyl) or are taken together to form =O, =S and =NR114, =NOR114, =NR114, and =N-NR114,R114;
alternatively, M and R104 taken together with the atoms to which they are attached form:
wherein U is selected from(a)–(C4-alkyl)- and (b)-(C4-alkenyl)-, wherein (a) and (b) are optionally further substituted with one or more R117;
alternatively, M and R105 are taken together with the atoms to which they are attached to form:
R107 is selected from
(a) H, (b)–C1-4 alkyl, (c)–C2-4 alkenyl, which can be further substituted with C1-12 alkyl or one or more halogens, (d)–C2-4 alkynyl, which can be further substituted with C1-12 alkyl or one or more halogens, (e) aryl or heteroaryl, which can be further substituted with C1-12 alkyl or one or more halogens, (f)–C(O)H, (g)–COOH, (h)–CN, (i)–COOR114, (j) - C(O)NR114R114, (k)–C(O)R114, and (l)–C(O)SR114, wherein (b) is further substituted with one or more substituents selected from (aa)–OR114, (bb) halogen, (cc)–SR114, (dd) C1-12 alkyl, which can be further substituted with halogen, hydroxyl, C1-6 alkoxy, or amino, (ee)–OR114, (ff)–SR114, (gg)– NR114R114, (hh)–CN, (ii)-NO2, (jj)–NC(O)R114, (kk)–COOR114, (ll)–N3, (mm) =N-O-R114, (nn) =NR114, (oo) =N-NR114R114, (pp) =N-NH-C(O)R114, and (qq) =N-NH-C(O)NR114R114;
alternatively R106 and R107 are taken together with the atom to which they are attached to form an epoxide, a carbonyl, an olefin, or a substituted olefin, or a C3-C7 carbocyclic, carbonate, or carbamate, wherein the nitrogen of said carbamate can be further substituted with a C1-C6 alkyl;
R108 is selected from:
(a) C1-6 alkyl, (b) C2-6 alkenyl, and (c) C2-6 alkynyl,
wherein any of (a)–(c) optionally is substituted with one or more R114 groups;
R111 is selected from H and–C(O)R114;
R112 is selected from H, OH, and OR114;
R113 is selected from:
(a) H, (b) R114, (c)–C1-6 alkyl–K–R114, (d)–C2-6 alkenyl–K–R114, and (e)–C2-6 alkynyl–K–R114,
wherein any of (c)-(e) optionally is substituted with one or more R115 groups;
R114, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b) C1-6 alkyl, (c) C2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2-6 alkynyl, (e) C6-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (f) 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (g)–C(O)–C1-6 alkyl, (h)– C(O)–C2-6 alkenyl, (i)–C(O)–C2-6 alkynyl, (j)–C(O)–C6-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (k)–C(O)–3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (l)–C(O)O–C1-6 alkyl, (m)– C(O)O–C2-6 alkenyl, (n)–C(O)O–C2-6 alkynyl, (o)–C(O)O–C6-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (p)–C(O)O–3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (q)–C(O)NR116R116, (r)– NR116CO-C2-6 alkyl, (s)–NR116CO-C6-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (t)–NR116C(O)-3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur
wherein any of (b)–(t) optionally is substituted with one or more R115 groups, wherein one or more non-terminal carbon moieties of any of (b)–(d) optionally is replaced with oxygen, S(O)p, or–NR116, alternatively, NR114R114 forms a 3-7 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring including the nitrogen atom to which the R114 groups are bonded and optionally one or more moieties selected from O, S(O)p, N, and NR118;
R115 is selected from:
(a) R117, (b) C1-8 alkyl, (c) C2-8 alkenyl, (d) C2-8 alkynyl, (e) C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (f) 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
wherein any of (b)–(f) optionally is substituted with one or more R117 groups;
R116, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b) C1-6 alkyl, (c) C2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2-6 alkynyl, (e) C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
wherein one or more non-terminal carbon moieties of any of (b)–(d) optionally is replaced with oxygen, S(O)p, or–NR114, wherein any of (b)– (f) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from:
(aa) carbonyl, (bb) formyl, (cc) F, (dd) Cl, (ee) Br, (ff) I, (gg) CN, (hh) N3, (ii)NO2, (jj) OR118, (kk)–S(O)pR118, (ll)– C(O)R118, (mm)–C(O)OR118, (nn)–OC(O)R118, (oo)– C(O)NR118R118, (pp)–OC(O)NR118R118, (qq)–
C(=NR118)R118, (rr)–C(R118)(R118)OR118, (ss)–
C(R118)2OC(O)R118, (tt)–C(R118)(OR118)(CH2)rNR118R118, (uu)–NR118R118; (vv)–NR118OR118, (ww)–NR118C(O)R118, (xx)–NR118C(O)OR118, (yy)–NR118C(O)NR118R118, (zz)– NR118S(O)rR118, (ab)–C(OR118)(OR118)R118, (ac)–
C(R118)2NR118R118, (ad) =NR118, (ae)–C(S)NR118R118, (af)– NR118C(S)R118, (ag)–OC(S)NR118R118, (ah)–
NR118C(S)OR118, (ai)–NR118C(S)NR118R118, (aj)–
SC(O)R118, (ak) C1-8 alkyl, (al) C2-8 alkenyl, (am)
C2-8 alkynyl, (an) C1-8 alkoxy, (ao) C1-8 alkylthio, (ap) C1-8 acyl, (aq) saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic C3-10 carbocycle, and (ar) saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic 3-10 membered heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
alternatively, NR116R116 forms a 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic ring including the nitrogen atom to which the R116 groups are attached and optionally one or more moieties selected from O, S(O)p, N, and NR118;
alternatively, CR116R116 forms a carbonyl group;
R117, at each occurrence, is selected from:
(a) H, (b) =O, (c) F, (d) Cl, (e) Br, (f) I, (g) (CR116R116)rCF3, (h)
(CR116R116)rCN, (i) (CR116R116)rNO2,
(j) (CR116R116)rNR116(CR116R116)tR119, (k) (CR116R116)rOR119,
(l) (CR116R116)rS(O)p(CR116R116)tR119, (m) (CR116R116)rC(O)(
CR116R116)tR119, (n) (CR116R116)rOC(O)( CR116R116)tR119,
(o) (CR116R116)rSC(O)( CR116R116)tR119,
(p) (CR116R116)rC(O)O(CR116R116)tR119, (q) (CR116R116)rNR116C(O)( CR116R116)tR119, (r) (CR116R116)rC(O)NR116(CR116R116)tR119, (s)
(CR116R116)rC(=NR116)( CR116R116)tR119,
(t) (CR116R116)rC(=NNR116R116)(CR116R116)tR119,
(u) (CR116R116)rC(=NNR116C(O)R116)( CR116R116)tR119,
(v) (CR116R116)rC(=NOR119)( CR116R116)tR119,
(w) (CR116R116)rNR116C(O)O(CR116R116)tR119,
(x) (CR116R116)rOC(O)NR116(CR116R116)tR119,
(y) (CR116R116)rNR116C(O)NR116(CR116R116)tR119,
(z) (CR116R116)rNR116S(O)p(CR116R116)tR119,
(aa) (CR116R116)rS(O)pNR116(CR116R116)tR119,
(bb) (CR116R116)rNR116S(O)pNR116(CR116R116)tR119,
(cc) (CR116R116)rNR116R116, (dd) C1-6 alkyl, (ee) C2-6 alkenyl,
(ff) C2-6 alkynyl, (gg) (CR116R116)r–C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (hh) (CR116R116)r–3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
wherein any of (dd)–(hh) optionally is substituted with one or more R119 groups;
alternatively, two R117 groups can form–O(CH2)uO–;
R118 is selected from:
(a) H, (b) C1-6 alkyl, (c) C2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2-6 alkynyl, (e) C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (f) 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (g)–C(O)–C1-6 alkyl, (h)– C(O)–C1-6 alkenyl, (g)–C(O)–C1-6 alkynyl, (i)–C(O)–C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (j)–C(O)–3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
wherein any of (b)–(j) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from : (aa) H, (bb) F, (cc) Cl, (dd) Br, (ee) I, (ff) CN, (gg) NO2, (hh) OH, (ii) NH2, (jj) NH(C1-6 alky(l), (kk)
N(C1-6 alky(l)2, (ll) C1-6 alkoxy, (mm) aryl, (nn) substituted aryl, (oo) heteroaryl, (pp) substituted heteroaryl, and (qq) C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more moieties selected from aryl, substituted aryl, heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO2, and OH;
R119, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) R120, (b) C1-6 alkyl, (c) C2-6 alkenyl, (d) C2-6 alkynyl, (e) C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (f) 3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
wherein any of (b)–(f) optionally is substituted with one or more R119 groups;
R120, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b) =O, (c) F, (d) Cl, (e) Br, (f) I, (g) (CR116R116)rCF3, (h)
(CR116R116)rCN, (i) (CR116R116)rNO2, (j) (CR116R116) r NR116R116, (k) (CR116R116)rOR114, (l) (CR116R116)rS(O)pR116, (m) (CR116R116)rC(O)R116, (n) (CR116R116)rC(O)OR116, (o) (CR116R116)rOC(O)R116, (p)
(CR116R116)rNR116C(O)R116, (q) (CR116R116)rC(O)NR116R116, (r)
(CR116R116)rC(=NR116)R116, (s) (CR116R116)rNR116C(O)NR116R116,
(t) (CR116R116)rNR116S(O)pR116, (u) (CR116R116)rS(O)pNR116R116, (v) (CR116R116)rNR116S(O)pNR116R116, (w) C1-6 alkyl, (x) C2-6 alkenyl, (y) C2-6 alkynyl, (z) (CR116R116)r–C3-10 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, and (aa) (CR116R116)r–3-10 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
wherein any of (w)–(aa) optionally is substituted with one or more moieties selected from R116, F, Cl, Br, I, CN, NO2,–OR116,–NH2,– NH(C1-6 alkyl),–N(C1-6 alkyl)2, C1-6 alkoxy, C1-6 alkylthio, and C1-6 acyl;
R121, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b)–OR118, (c)–O–C1-6 alkyl–OC(O)R118, (d)–O–C1-6 alkyl– OC(O)OR118, (e)–O–C1-6 alkyl–OC(O)NR118R118, (f)–O–C1-6 alkyl– C(O)NR118R118, (g)–O–C1-6 alkyl–NR118C(O)R118, (h)–O–C1-6 alkyl– NR118C(O)OR118, (i)–O–C1-6 alkyl–NR118C(O)NR118R118, (j)–O–
C1-6 alkyl–NR118C(=N(H)NR118R118, (k)–O–C1-6 alkyl–S(O)pR118, (l)–O– C2-6 alkenyl–OC(O)R118, (m)–O–C2-6 alkenyl–OC(O)OR118, (n)–O–C2-6 alkenyl–OC(O)NR118R118, (o)–O–C2-6 alkenyl–C(O)NR118R118, (p)–O– C2-6 alkenyl–NR118C(O)R118, (q)–O–C2-6 alkenyl–NR118C(O)OR118, (r)– O–C2-6 alkenyl–NR118C(O)NR118R118, (s)–O–C2-6 alkenyl–
NR118C(=N(H)NR118R118, (t)–O–C2-6 alkenyl–S(O)pR118,
(u)–O–C2-6 alkynyl–OC(O)R118, (v)–O–C2-6 alkynyl–OC(O)OR118, (w)–O–C2-6 alkynyl–OC(O)NR118R118, (x)–O–C2-6 alkynyl–
C(O)NR118R118, (y)–O–C2-6 alkynyl–NR118C(O)R118, (z)–O–C2-6 alkynyl– NR118C(O)OR118, (aa)–O–C2-6 alkynyl–NR118C(O)NR118R118,
(bb)–O–C2-6 alkynyl–NR118C(=N(H)NR118R118, (cc)–O–C2-6 alkynyl– S(O)pR118; and (dd)–NR118R118;
alternatively, two R121 groups taken together form =O, =NOR118, or =NNR118R118; R122 is R115;
R123 is selected from:
(a) R116, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e) I, (f) CN, (g) NO2, and (h)–OR114;
alternatively, R122 and R123 taken together are–O(CH2)uO–;
R124, at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e) I, (f) CN, (g)–OR114, (h)–NO2, (i)– NR114R114, (j) C1-6 alkyl, (k) C1-6 acyl, and (l) C1-6 alkoxy;
R125 is selected from:
(a) C1-6 alkyl, (b) C2-6 alkenyl, (c) C2-6 alkynyl, (d) C1-6 acyl, (e) C1-6 alkoxy, (f) C1-6 alkylthio, (g) saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic
C5-10 carbocycle, (h) saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic 5-10 membered heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (i)–O–C1-6 alkyl-saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic 5-10 membered heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (j)–NR114-C1-6 alkyl-saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic 5-10 membered heterocycle containing one or
more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur,
(k) saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic 10-membered bicyclic ring system optionally containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (l) saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic 13-membered tricyclic ring system optionally containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, (m)–OR114,
(n)–NR114R114, (o)–S(O)pR114, and (p)–R124,
wherein any of (a)-(l) optionally is substituted with one or more R115 groups;
alternatively, R125 and one R124 group, taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form a 5-7 membered saturated or unsaturated carbocycle, optionally substituted with one or more R115 groups; or a 5-7 membered saturated or unsaturated heterocycle containing one or more atoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and optionally substituted with one or more R115 groups;
R126 at each occurrence, independently is selected from:
(a) hydrogen, (b) an electron-withdrawing group, (c) aryl, (d) substituted aryl, (e) heteroaryl, (f) substituted heteroaryl, and (g) C1-6 alkyl, optionally substituted with one or more R115 groups;
alternatively, any R126 and any R123, taken together with the atoms to which they are bonded, form a 5-7 membered saturated or unsaturated carbocycle, optionally substituted with one or more R115 groups; or a 5-7 membered saturated or unsaturated heterocycle containing one or more atoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur, and optionally substituted with one or more R115 groups;
R109 is H or F;
R127 is R114, a monosaccharide or disaccharide (including amino sugars and halo sugar(s),–(CH2)n-(O-CH2CH2-)m-O(CH2)pCH3 or–(CH2)n-(O-CH2CH2-)m-OH, R128 is R114;
R129 is R114;
R110 is R114;
alternatively, R109 and R110 taken together with the carbons to which they are attached form:
alternately, R128 and R129 together with the carbons to which they are attached form a 3-6 membered saturated, unsaturated or aromatic carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring which can optionally be substituted with one or more R114 groups;
R132 , R133, and R134 are each independently selected from (a) H, (b) F, (c) Cl, (d) Br, (e)–OR114, (f)–SR114, (g)–NR114R114, and (h) C1-6 alkyl, wherein (h) optionally is substituted with one or more R115 groups;
alternatively, R132 and R133 are taken together to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
alternatively, R133 and R134 are taken together to form =O, =S, =NOR114, =NR114, and =N-NR114;
alternatively, R105 and R134 are taken together with the carbons to which they are attached to form a 3-membered ring, said ring optionally containing an oxygen or nitrogen atom, and said ring being optionally substituted with one or more R114 groups;
alternatively when M is a carbon moiety, R134 and M are taken together to form a carbon-carbon double bond;
k, at each occurrence is 0, 1, or 2;
m, at each occurrence is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
n, at each occurrence is 1, 2, or 3; and
provided that the compound is not a compound disclosed in PCT application No. WO2008/143730 or PCT application No. WO2008/106226.. 2. A compound according to claim 1 having the structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R11, R15, A, T, and n are as described in claim 1.
3. A compound according to claim 1 having the structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R11, R15, A, T, and n are as described in claim 1. 4. A compound according to any of claims 1-3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide or prodrug thereof, wherein R15 is C1-3 alkyl, optionally substituted with from 1 to 7 fluorines. 5. A compound according to any of claims 1-3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide or prodrug thereof, wherein R15 is C1-2 alkyl, optionally substituted with from 1 to 5 fluorines. 6. A compound according to any of claims 1-3, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide or prodrug thereof, wherein R15 is selected from–CH3, -CH2F, -CHF2, and –CF3. 7. A compound according to claim 6, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N- oxide or prodrug thereof, wherein R15 is–CH3. 8. A compound according to claim 1 having the structure:
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein R1, R2, R3, R11, A, T, and n are as described in claim 1. 9. A compound according to any of claims 1-8, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein n is 1 or 2. 10. A compound according to any of claims 1-8, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein n is 1. 11. A compound according to any of claims 1 to 10, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein R11 is F. 12. A compound according to any of claims 1-8, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein n is 0. 13. A compound according to any of claims 1-12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein A is selected from (a) a C1-6 alkyl group, (b) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (d) a C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (e) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms, (f)–CF3, (g)–NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (h)–OR9, (i)–S(CR6R6)tR9, (j)–S(O)(CR6R6)tR9 ,(k)–S(O)2 (CR6R6) t R9 (l)–
C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (m)–OC(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (n)–OC(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (o)–
SC(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (p)–C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (q)–NR6C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (r)–
C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (s)–C(=NR6)(CR6R6)tR9, (t)–C(=NNR6R6)(CR6R6)tR9, (u)–
C[=NNR6C(O)R6](CR6R6)tR9, (v)–NR6C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (w)–OC(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (x)–NR6C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (y)–NR6S(O)p(CR6R6)tR9, (z)–S(O)pNR6(CR6R6)tR9, (aa)–NR6R6, (bb)–NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (cc)–SR6, (dd)–S(O)R6, (ee)–S(O)2R6, and (ff)– NR6C(O)R6, wherein (a)-(e) optionally are substituted with one or more R14 groups. 14. A compound according to any of claims 1-12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein A is selected from (a) a C1-6 alkyl group, (b) a C2-6 alkenyl group, (c) a C2-6 alkynyl group, (d) a C3-12 saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic carbocycle, (e) a 3-12 membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms,;
wherein (a)-(e) optionally are substituted with one or more R14 groups. 15. A compound according to any of claims 1-12, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein A is selected (a)–NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (b)– OR9, (c)–S(CR6R6)tR9, (d)–S(O)(CR6R6)tR9 ,(e)–S(O)2 (CR6R6) t R9 (f)–C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (g)–OC(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (h)–OC(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (i)–SC(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (j)–
C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (k)–NR6C(O)(CR6R6)tR9, (l)–C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (m)–
C(=NR6)(CR6R6)tR9, (n)–C(=NNR6R6)(CR6R6)tR9, (o)–C[=NNR6C(O)R6](CR6R6)tR9, (p)–NR6C(O)O(CR6R6)tR9, (q)–OC(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (r)–NR6C(O)NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (s)–NR6S(O)p(CR6R6)tR9, (t)–S(O)pNR6(CR6R6)tR9, (u)–NR6R6, (v)–NR6(CR6R6)tR9, (w)–SR6, (x)–S(O)R6, (y)–S(O)2R6, and (z)–NR6C(O)R6. 16. A compound according to any of claims 1-14, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein A is a 3-12 (e.g., 5-6, 3.g., 6) membered saturated, unsaturated, or aromatic heterocycle containing one or more nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms and optionally are substituted with one or more R14 groups (e.g., an aromatic heterocycle containing one or more nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur atoms, e.g., one or more nitrogen atoms; e.g., pyridyl, e.g., 3-pyridyl). 17. A compound according to any of claims 1-16, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein T is selected from:
, wherein M, R100, R101, R104, R105, R106, R107, R108, R109, R110, and R120 are as described in claim 9 and where the dotted lines indicate optional double bonds.
19. A compound according to any of claims 1-18, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein T is selected from:
,
wherein M, R1, R2, R104, R114, R109 and R127 are as described in claim 16. 20. A compound according to any of claims 1-19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, wherein T is selected from T1 through T33:
21. A compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, selected from Table I:
. 22. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any of claims 1-21, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. 23. A method for treating or preventing a disease state in a mammal comprising administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of a compound according to any of claims 1-21, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof. 24. A method of treating or preventing a microbial infection in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound according to any of claims 1-21, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof. 25. A method according to claim 24 wherein said microbial infection is an
uncomplicated skin or soft tissue infection (uSSTI). 26. A method according to claim 24 wherein said microbial infection is a community acquired or community associated infection. 27. A method according to claim 26 wherein said microbial infection is an
uncomplicated skin or soft tissue infection (uSSTI). 28. A method of treating or preventing a fungal infection in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound according to any of claims 1-21, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof . 29. A method of treating or preventing a parasitic disease in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound according to any of claims 1-21, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof.
30. A method of treating or preventing a proliferative disease in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound according to any of claims 1-21, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof. 31. A method of treating or preventing a viral infection in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 1-21, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof. 32. A method of treating or preventing an inflammatory disease in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound according to any of claims 1-21, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof . 33. A method of treating or preventing a gastrointestinal motility disorder in a mammal comprising administering to the mammal an effective amount of a compound according to any of claims 1-21, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof. 34. A method of treating or preventing a disease state in a mammal caused or mediated by a nonsense or missense mutation comprising administering to a mammal in need thereof an effective amount of a compound according to any of claims 1-21, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, to suppress expression of the nonsense or missense mutation. 35. The method according to any of claims 23-34 wherein the compound is
administered orally, parentally, or topically. 36. A method of synthesizing a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, according to any of claims 1-21. 37. A medical device containing a compound, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, N-oxide, or prodrug thereof, according to any of claims 1-21.
38. The medical device according to claim 37, wherein the device is a stent.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201762485909P | 2017-04-15 | 2017-04-15 | |
US62/485,909 | 2017-04-15 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2018191682A1 true WO2018191682A1 (en) | 2018-10-18 |
Family
ID=63793738
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2018/027601 WO2018191682A1 (en) | 2017-04-15 | 2018-04-13 | Triazole compounds and methods of making and using the same |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2018191682A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP4251629A4 (en) * | 2020-12-28 | 2025-04-09 | Georgia Tech Res Inst | COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR INHIBITING FIBROSIS, INFLAMMATION AND CANCER |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2005085266A2 (en) * | 2004-02-27 | 2005-09-15 | Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Macrocyclic compounds and methods of making and using the same |
WO2007025098A2 (en) * | 2005-08-24 | 2007-03-01 | Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Triazole compounds and methods of making and using the same |
WO2008106224A1 (en) * | 2007-02-28 | 2008-09-04 | Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Macrolide compounds and methods of making and using the same |
-
2018
- 2018-04-13 WO PCT/US2018/027601 patent/WO2018191682A1/en active Application Filing
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2005085266A2 (en) * | 2004-02-27 | 2005-09-15 | Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Macrocyclic compounds and methods of making and using the same |
WO2007025098A2 (en) * | 2005-08-24 | 2007-03-01 | Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Triazole compounds and methods of making and using the same |
WO2008106224A1 (en) * | 2007-02-28 | 2008-09-04 | Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Macrolide compounds and methods of making and using the same |
WO2008106226A2 (en) * | 2007-02-28 | 2008-09-04 | Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Macrolide compounds and methods of making and using the same |
WO2008143730A2 (en) * | 2007-02-28 | 2008-11-27 | Rib-X Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Macrolide compounds and methods of making and using the same |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP4251629A4 (en) * | 2020-12-28 | 2025-04-09 | Georgia Tech Res Inst | COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR INHIBITING FIBROSIS, INFLAMMATION AND CANCER |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
DK1934238T3 (en) | TRIAZOL COMPOUNDS AND METHODS FOR THE PREPARATION AND USE OF THESE | |
JP5631909B2 (en) | Macrocyclic compounds and methods of making and using them | |
WO2008106226A2 (en) | Macrolide compounds and methods of making and using the same | |
US9085600B2 (en) | Triazole compounds and methods of making and using the same | |
WO2018191682A1 (en) | Triazole compounds and methods of making and using the same | |
EP1699808A1 (en) | Bifunctional macrolide heterocyclic compounds and methods of making and using the same |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 18784501 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 18784501 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |